US20230103401A1 - Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs - Google Patents

Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20230103401A1
US20230103401A1 US17/854,891 US202217854891A US2023103401A1 US 20230103401 A1 US20230103401 A1 US 20230103401A1 US 202217854891 A US202217854891 A US 202217854891A US 2023103401 A1 US2023103401 A1 US 2023103401A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
cyclodextrin
protein
concentration
sbe
composition according
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/854,891
Inventor
Sekhar Kanapuram
Ramil Latypov
Balakumar Thangaraj
Cornelius Pompe
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Amgen Research Munich GmbH
Amgen Inc
Original Assignee
Amgen Research Munich GmbH
Amgen Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen Research Munich GmbH, Amgen Inc filed Critical Amgen Research Munich GmbH
Priority to US17/854,891 priority Critical patent/US20230103401A1/en
Assigned to AMGEN INC. reassignment AMGEN INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KANAPURAM, SEKHAR, THANGARAJ, BALAKUMAR, LATYPOV, Ramil
Assigned to AMGEN RESEARCH (MUNICH) GMBH reassignment AMGEN RESEARCH (MUNICH) GMBH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: POMPE, CORNELIUS
Publication of US20230103401A1 publication Critical patent/US20230103401A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/02Inorganic compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A61K47/10Alcohols; Phenols; Salts thereof, e.g. glycerol; Polyethylene glycols [PEG]; Poloxamers; PEG/POE alkyl ethers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A61K47/12Carboxylic acids; Salts or anhydrides thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/16Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
    • A61K47/18Amines; Amides; Ureas; Quaternary ammonium compounds; Amino acids; Oligopeptides having up to five amino acids
    • A61K47/183Amino acids, e.g. glycine, EDTA or aspartame
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/26Carbohydrates, e.g. sugar alcohols, amino sugars, nucleic acids, mono-, di- or oligo-saccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polysorbates, sorbitan fatty acid esters or glycyrrhizin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/36Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
    • A61K47/40Cyclodextrins; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1652Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, cellulose derivatives; Cyclodextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/19Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles lyophilised, i.e. freeze-dried, solutions or dispersions
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01DSEPARATION
    • B01D61/00Processes of separation using semi-permeable membranes, e.g. dialysis, osmosis or ultrafiltration; Apparatus, accessories or auxiliary operations specially adapted therefor
    • B01D61/14Ultrafiltration; Microfiltration
    • B01D61/145Ultrafiltration
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K16/2809Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against the T-cell receptor (TcR)-CD3 complex
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2878Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the NGF-receptor/TNF-receptor superfamily, e.g. CD27, CD30, CD40, CD95
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01DSEPARATION
    • B01D2315/00Details relating to the membrane module operation
    • B01D2315/16Diafiltration
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/94Stability, e.g. half-life, pH, temperature or enzyme-resistance

Definitions

  • Protein-based pharmaceuticals are now among the fastest growing categories of therapeutic agents in (pre)clinical development and as commercial products.
  • protein pharmaceuticals have high specificity and activity at relatively low concentrations, and typically provide for therapy of high impact diseases such as various cancers, auto-immune diseases, and metabolic disorders (Roberts, Trends Biotechnol. 2014 July; 32(7):372-80, Wang, Int J Pharm. 1999 Aug. 20; 185(2):129-88).
  • Protein aggregation represents a major event of physical instability of proteins and occurs due to the inherent tendency to minimize the thermodynamically unfavorable interaction between the solvent and hydrophobic protein residues. It is particularly problematic because it is encountered routinely during refolding, purification, sterilization, shipping, and storage processes. Aggregation can occur even under solution conditions where the protein native state is highly thermodynamically favored (e.g., neutral pH and 37° C.) and in the absence of stresses (Chi et al., Pharm Res , Vol. 20, No. 9, September 2003, pp. 1325-1336, Roberts, Trends Biotechnol. 2014 July; 32(7):372-80, Wang, Int J Pharm. 1999 Aug. 20; 185(2):129-88, Mahler J Pharm Sci. 2009 September; 98(9):2909-34.).
  • Protein aggregation is problematic because it can impair biological activity of the therapeutic proteins. Moreover, aggregation of proteins leads to undesirable aesthetics of the drug product, and decreases product yield due to elaborate purification steps that are required to remove the aggregates from the end product. More recently, there has also been growing concern and evidence that the presence of aggregated proteins (even humanized or fully human proteins) can significantly increase the risk that a patient will develop an immune response to the active protein monomer, resulting in the formation of neutralizing antibodies and drug resistance, or other adverse side effects (Mahler J Pharm Sci. 2009 September; 98(9):2909-34.
  • HMW high-molecular weight
  • Protein instability and in particular protein aggregation, is an increasing challenge in the biotechnology industry, where aggregation is encountered throughout the lifetime of a therapeutic protein, including during refolding, purification, sterilization, shipping, and storage processes. It is thus the object of the present invention to provide a stable pharmaceutical composition comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct, binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain; a ⁇ -cyclodextrin; and a buffer.
  • the ⁇ -cyclodextrin may be present in a selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -cyclodextrin, methyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, butyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin Succinyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-methyl)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-benzoyl)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin phosphate sodium salt, ⁇ -cyclodextrin sulphate sodium salt, triacetyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, heptakis(6-O-sulfo)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin hept
  • the bispecific single chain antibody construct may be present in a concentration range of 0.1-5 mg/ml, preferably of 0.2-2.5 mg/ml, more preferably of 0.25-1.0 mg/ml. Its first binding domain may bind to CD33.
  • the amino acid sequence of the first binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct is selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID 99, 109, 119, 128, 137,146, 155, 164 and 173
  • the amino acid sequence of the second binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct is selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72, 81, 179 and 90.
  • the buffer may be selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, acetic acid/sodium acetate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid/sodium succinate, tartaric acid/sodium tartrate, histidine/histidine HCl, glycine, Tris, glutamate, acetate and mixtures thereof, and in particular from potassium phosphate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid, histidine, glutamate, acetate and combinations thereof.
  • the pH of the pharmaceutical composition may be in the range of 4 to 7.5.
  • excipients may be present in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein, including sucrose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, arginine, lysine, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poloxamer 188, pluronic and combinations thereof.
  • the composition may comprise one or more preservatives, particularly benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, phenol, meta-cresol, methylparaben, phenoxyethanol, propylparaben thiomerosal.
  • preservatives particularly benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, phenol, meta-cresol, methylparaben, phenoxyethanol, propylparaben thiomerosal.
  • the structure and typical concentration for the use of these preservatives are described in Table 1 of Meyer et al. J Pharm Sci. 96(12), 3155.
  • composition free of preservatives comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100 or 110 and being in a concentration of about 0.5 mg/ml, and further a cyclodextrin being sulfobutylether- ⁇ -cyclodextrin sodium salt in a concentration of about 1% (w/v), and further a buffer being potassium phosphate in concentration of about 10 mM, said formulation further comprising sucrose in concentration of about 8% (w/v) of and polysorbate 80 in concentration of about 0.01% (w/v) at a pH of about 6.0.
  • FIG. 1 Quantitation of high molecular weight species and conformer by size exclusion uiltra high performance liquid chromatography (SE-UPLC) in AMG 330 (SEQ ID NO: 100) preparations containing polysorbate 20, 80 or HP- ⁇ -CD.
  • SE-UPLC size exclusion uiltra high performance liquid chromatography
  • FIGS. 2 A- 2 C Effect of polysorbate (PS) 20, 80 and HP- ⁇ -CD on the amount of non-monomeric species (including conformers, dimers, aggregates) in AMG 330 preparations in function of stress factors: unstressed ( FIG. 2 A ), foaming ( FIG. 2 B ) and 10 freeze/thaw cycles ( FIG. 2 C ). Quantitation of species was achieved by size exclusion ultra high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC). Protein concentration was addressed by the same assay (A280 detection).
  • FIG. 3 Concentration dependent effect of HP- ⁇ -CD and SBE- ⁇ -CD on the aggregation propensity (measured by optical density at 350 nm; optical densities refer to a pathlength of 10 mm) of AMG 103 in presence of 0.9% (V/V) of benzyl alcohol.
  • FIGS. 4 A- 4 B Intrinsic fluorescence emission intensity measurements of AMG 103 before ( FIG. 4 A ) and after ( FIG. 4 B ) incubation at 37° C. for 24 hours in presence of 0.9% (V/V) benzyl alcohol.
  • FIGS. 5 A- 5 B Predictive models derived from experimental design studies (2-level 4-factor full factorial) describing the effect of increasing concentrations of HP- ⁇ -CD ( FIG. 5 A ) and SBE- ⁇ -CD ( FIG. 5 B ) on the optical density at 350 nm of AMG 103 (SEQ ID NO: 174) preparations.
  • FIG. 6 Assessment of high molecular weight species (HMWS) by size exclusion chromatography in different formulations containing 5 mg/mL CD33_2-hALB (SEQ ID NO: 175).
  • HMWS high molecular weight species
  • FIGS. 7 A- 7 C High molecular weight species formation rate at 25° C. and 37° C. for three different MSLN-hALB (SEQ ID NO: 176) formulations (K60RTrT ( FIG. 7 A ), K60SBESuT ( FIG. 7 B ), and K60RMSuT ( FIG. 7 C )) determined by the size exclusion chromatography (SEC)
  • FIG. 8 Formation of acidic charge variants at 25° C. and 37° C. for three different MSLN-hALB formulations determined by weak cation exchange ultra high performance liquid chromatography (WCX-UPLC)
  • FIG. 9 AMG 330 solubility at 40 C in the presence of 12% PEG-3350.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD Captisol
  • Alginate Protanal
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD preferentially solubilizes monomer.
  • the control on the left (1 ⁇ PBS) was incubated without SBE- ⁇ -CD, whereas the control on the right (1 ⁇ PBS) was incubated without PEG and SBE- ⁇ -CD.
  • FIG. 10 Data from the same experiment as shown in FIG. 9 that demonstrates the effect of different concentrations of SBE- ⁇ -CD and Alginate on % monomer and % aggregate in AMG 330.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD at ⁇ 0.1-1% is effective at increasing monomer content at the expense of aggregates (shown by green arrows).
  • Alginate data shows opposite trend of increasing aggregates (shown by red arrow).
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD was also shown to reduce the negative impact of overconcentration in this case.
  • FIG. 11 Average SEC relative peak area of AMG 330 after buffer exchange and protein concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation.
  • FIGS. 12 A- 12 D Summary of maximal AMG 330 concentrations achieved by overconcentration, calculated by SEC mainpeak+HMW. SBE- ⁇ -CD formulations (indicated by asterisks) reached higher concentrations and maintained higher % monomer.
  • FIG. 12 B Data from the same experiment as shown in FIG. 12 A where AMG 330 was concentrated up to 7-8 mg/mL in the presence of increasing concentrations of SBE- ⁇ -CD with or without glycine and sucrose (see asterisks). The control on the left was concentrated without SBE- ⁇ -CD. The control on the right was not concentrated beyond its starting concentration of 0.4 mg/ml.
  • FIG. 12 C AMG 330 CEX relative peak areas after 5 days incubation at 4° C., average of two replicates. All samples contain 20 mM citrate, 0.01% PS-80, pH 6.0.
  • FIG. 12 D AMG 330 relative main peak area after SEC analysis. All samples also include 20 mM Citrate, 0.01% PS-80, pH 6.0.
  • FIG. 13 AMG 330 concentration calculated from SEC main peak+HMW.
  • FIG. 14 AMG 330 relative peak area from SEC after buffer exchange and concentration.
  • FIG. 15 AMG 330 SEC total peak areas (main peak+HMW) peak after incubation with various cyclodextrins
  • FIG. 16 AMG 330 in 13 different formulations at 1 mg/mL and stored at ⁇ 20, ⁇ 30 and ⁇ 700° C. for up to 6 weeks.
  • FIGS. 17 A- 17 D FIG. 17 A : Although SBE- ⁇ -CD at 0.5% may not be fully sufficient to provide an elegant lyo cake on its own, it is compatible with more common bulking agents, such as glycine and mannitol. All of these lyo cakes reconstituted well and produced little to no aggregation or particulation in the presence of SBE- ⁇ -CD.
  • FIG. 17 B The use of SBE- ⁇ -CD (blue chromatogram, indicated by arrow) but not ⁇ -cyclodextran (pink chromatogram, indicated by arrow) reduces % aggregate post-reconstitution.
  • FIG. 17 C Analytical SEC of different formulations (pre and post representes pre-lyophilization and post-constitution).
  • FIG. 17 D MFI analysis for different formulations following lyophilization.
  • FIG. 18 Summary of maximal Fapa BiTE® (SEQ ID NO: 177) concentrations achieved by overconcentration.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD formulations (indicated by asterisks) reached higher protein concentrations compared to ⁇ -cyclodextran and maintained higher % monomer.
  • the ⁇ -cyclodextran formulations lost most of their soluble protein because of precipitation.
  • FIG. 19 Overview on percentage content of high molecular weight species (HMWS) determined by size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in function of CD33-scFc BiTE antibody construct formulation.
  • HMWS high molecular weight species
  • FIG. 20 Overview on percentage content of high molecular weight species (HMWS) determined by size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in function of FLT3-scFc BiTE antibody construct formulation.
  • HMWS high molecular weight species
  • SE-UPLC size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography
  • FIG. 21 Overview on percentage content of high molecular weight species (HMWS) determined by size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in function of BCMA-scFc BiTE antibody construct formulation.
  • HMWS high molecular weight species
  • SE-UPLC size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography
  • Protein aggregation can occur during at various points throughout the lifetime of a protein, including fermentation, refolding, purification, filling, shipment, storage or administration and is strongly dependent on various environmental factors. There is a critical need in the art to increase stability and reduce aggregation of therapeutic proteins; and optimized pharmaceutical formulations can aid in doing so.
  • the present inventors investigated the effects of different cyclodextrins to on the aggregation of bispecific antibody constructs (specifically, Bi-specific T-cell engagers, BiTE®) when exposed to various environmental stress factors. Surprisingly, the inventors found that antibody constructs could be significantly stabilized in the presence of cyclodextrins, and in particular ⁇ -cyclodextrins.
  • the present invention provides a stable pharmaceutical composition
  • a stable pharmaceutical composition comprising a) a bispecific single chain antibody construct, binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain, b) a ⁇ -cyclodextrin and c) a buffer.
  • the term “stability” or “stabilization” relates to the stability of the pharmaceutical composition in total and in particular to the stability of the active ingredient (i.e. the bispecific single chain antibody construct) itself, specifically during formulation, filling, shipment, storage and administration.
  • the terms “stability” or “stable” in the context of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention and the bispecific single chain antibody construct particularly refers to the reduction or prevention of the formation of protein aggregates (HMWS).
  • HMWS protein aggregates
  • the term “stability” also relates to the colloidal stability of the bispecific single chain antibody constructs comprised within the pharmaceutical composition described herein. “Colloidal stability” is the ability of colloidal particles (such as proteins) to remain dispersed in liquids for a prolonged period of time (days to years).
  • (protein) aggregate generally encompasses protein species of higher molecular weight such as “oligomers” or “multimers” instead of the desired defined species (e.g., a monomer).
  • the term is used interchangeably herein with the terms “high molecular weight species” and “HMWS”.
  • Protein aggregates may generally differ in size (ranging from small (dimers) to large assemblies (subvisible or even visible particles) and from the nanometer to micrometer range in diameter), morphology (approximately spherical to fibrillar), protein structure (native vs. non-native/denatured), type of intermolecular bonding (covalent vs. non-covalent), reversibility and solubility.
  • Soluble aggregates cover the size range of roughly 1 to 100 nm, and protein particulates cover subvisible ( ⁇ 0.1-100.m) and visible (>100. m) ranges. All of the aforementioned types protein aggregates are generally encompassed by the term.
  • the term “(protein) aggregate” thus refers to all kinds physically-associated or chemically linked non-native species of two or more protein monomers.
  • protein aggregation or “non-native aggregation” thus denotes the process(es) by which protein molecules assemble into complexes composed of two or more proteins, with the individual proteins denoted as the monomer.
  • proteins There are multiple pathways leading to protein aggregation that can be induced by a wide variety of conditions, including temperature, mechanical stress such as shaking and stirring, pumping, freezing and/or thawing and formulation.
  • Protein denaturation and aggregation can occur during freeze/thawing due to complex physical and chemical changes such as creation of new ice/solution interfaces, adsorption to container surfaces, cryoconcentration of the protein and solutes, and pH changes due to crystallization of buffer components.
  • Antimicrobial preservatives such as benzyl alcohol and phenol
  • Antimicrobial preservatives are often needed in protein liquid formulations to ensure sterility during its shelf life, and in addition required in multidose formulations and certain drug delivery systems, e.g., injection pens, minipumps and topical applications.
  • Many preservatives have been reported to induce protein aggregation, although the underlying mechanism is not well understood. It has been proposed that preservatives bind to and populate unfolded protein states that are prone to aggregation.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are envisaged to be stable, i.e. to remain free or substantially free from protein aggregates even when subjected to stress, in particular thermal stress, storage, surface-induced stress (such as freeze/thaw cycles, foaming), concentration (by ultra- and diafiltration) or being mixed with organic compounds such as antimicrobial preservatives.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may have similar or even improved characteristics as compared to the compositions comprising SBE- ⁇ -CD or HP ⁇ -CD that have been evaluated in the appended Examples.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are preferably homogenous solutions of dispersed monomeric bispecific single chain antibody constructs.
  • the pharmaceutical composition effectively provides for stabilization of the active ingredient (i.e. reduces or inhibits formation of protein aggregates of the bispecific single chain antibody construct), some aggregates or conformers may occasionally form, however without substantially compromising overall usability of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • substantially free of aggregates means that the amount of aggregates remains lower than 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2% or 1% (w/v), particularly also when being subjected to environmental stress, e.g. as evaluated in the appended Examples.
  • soluble protein aggregates can be evaluated by size exclusion ultra high performance liquid chromatography (SE-UPLC) as described in the appended Examples.
  • SE-UPLC size exclusion ultra high performance liquid chromatography
  • SEC is one of the most used analytical methods for the detection and quantification of protein aggregates. SEC analysis allows both for sizing of aggregates, and their quantification.
  • SEQ-UPLC allows for the selective and rapid separation of macromolecules based on their shape and size (hydrodynamic radius) in a molecular weight range of about 5-1000 kDa.
  • Protein solutions show an optical property, called opalescence or turbidity.
  • the optical property of a solution is a function of the particles present to scatter and absorb light.
  • Proteins are natural colloids and the turbidity of aqueous formulations depends on protein concentration, the presence of nondissolved particles, particle size and particle number per volume unit. Turbidity can be measured by UV-Vis spectroscopy as optical density in the 340-360 nm range and be used to detect both soluble and insoluble aggregates.
  • composition of the invention most likely by the action of ⁇ -cyclodextrins comprised therein—favor an increased colloidal stability of the bispecific single chain antibody constructs, and thus exhibit a reduced or even absent liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS).
  • LLPS is a thermodynamically driven event, in which a homogenous protein solution separates into a protein-poor phase (usually the top layer) and a protein-rich phase (usually the bottom layer) with decreasing temperatures.
  • LLPS is typically fully reversible simply by mixing the two phases and raising the temperature of the solution. The occurrence of LLPS has been attributed to short-range attractive protein-protein interactions—making it a measure of strength of protein-protein attraction.
  • compositions comprising ⁇ -cyclodextrins according to the invention have been found to comprise higher concentrations of the bispecific single chain antibody construct in the LLPS protein-poor phase, as compared to pharmaceutical compositions not comprising ⁇ -cyclodextrins. Accordingly, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are envisaged to exhibit reduced LLPS or no LLPS at all when compared to controls, and thus promoting an increased colloidal stability of the bispecific single chain antibody constructs of the present invention. LLPS can be induced and the protein content of the different phases can be examined as described in the appended Examples.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention therefore preferably also reduces or inhibits the formation of conformers (i.e. non-native, abnormally folded protein species).
  • the stable pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises a bispecific single chain antibody construct, binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T Cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain.
  • an antibody construct generally refers to a molecule in which the structure and/or function is/are based on the structure and/or function of an antibody, e.g. of a full-length or whole immunoglobulin molecule.
  • An antibody construct is hence capable of binding to its specific target or antigen.
  • an antibody construct according to the invention comprises the minimum structural requirements of an antibody which allow for the target binding. This minimum requirement may e.g. be defined by the presence of at least the three light chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VL region) and/or the three heavy chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VH region).
  • the antibodies on which the constructs described herein are based include for example monoclonal, recombinant, chimeric, deimmunized, humanized and human antibodies.
  • antibody constructs are full-length or whole antibodies including camelid antibodies and other immunoglobulin antibodies generated by biotechnological or protein engineering methods or processes. These full-length antibodies may be for example monoclonal, recombinant, chimeric, deimmunized, humanized and human antibodies. Also within the definition of “antibody constructs” are fragments of full-length antibodies, such as VH, VHH, VL, (s)dAb, Fv, Fd, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2 or “r IgG” (“half antibody”).
  • Antibody constructs may also be modified fragments of antibodies, also called antibody variants, such as scFv, di-scFv or bi(s)-scFv, scFv-Fc, scFv-zipper, scFab, Fab2, Fab3, diabodies, single chain diabodies, tandem diabodies (Tandab's), tandem di-scFv, tandem tri-scFv, “minibodies” exemplified by a structure which is as follows: (VH-VL-CH3)2, (scFv-CH3)2 or (scFv-CH3-scFv)2, multibodies such as triabodies or tetrabodies, and single domain antibodies such as nanobodies or single variable domain antibodies comprising merely one variable domain, which might be V H H, V NAR VH or VL, that specifically bind an antigen or epitope independently of other V regions or domains.
  • antibody variants such as scFv, di-
  • antibody construct single domain antibody constructs composed of (at least) two single domain monoclonal antibodies which are individually selected from the group comprising VH, VL, V H H and V NAR , and a linker.
  • the linker is preferably in the form of a peptide linker.
  • an “scFv-single domain mAb” is a monoclonal antibody construct composed of at least one single domain antibody as described above and one scFv molecule as described above. Again, the linker is preferably in the form of a peptide linker.
  • antibody constructs generally includes monovalent, bivalent and polyvalent/multivalent constructs and, thus, monospecific constructs, specifically binding to only one antigenic structure, as well as bispecific and polyspecific/multispecific constructs, which specifically bind more than one antigenic structure, e.g. two, three or more, through distinct binding domains.
  • antibody constructs includes molecules consisting of only one polypeptide chain as well as molecules consisting of more than one polypeptide chain, which chains can be either identical (homodimers, homotrimers or homo oligomers) or different (heterodimer, heterotrimer or heterooligomer).
  • bispecific single chain antibody constructs binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain are particularly envisaged.
  • binding domain characterizes a domain which (specifically) binds to/interacts with/recognizes a given target epitope or a given target site on the target molecules (antigens). Binding domains are preferably in the form of polypeptides. Such polypeptides may include proteinaceous parts and non-proteinaceous parts (e.g. chemical linkers or chemical cross-linking agents such as glutaraldehyde). Proteins (including fragments thereof, preferably biologically active fragments, and peptides, usually having less than 30 amino acids) comprise two or more amino acids coupled to each other via a covalent peptide bond (resulting in a chain of amino acids).
  • polypeptide as used herein describes a group of molecules, which usually consist of more than 30 amino acids. Polypeptides may further form multimers such as dimers, trimers and higher oligomers, i.e. consisting of more than one polypeptide molecule. Polypeptide molecules forming such dimers, trimers etc. may be identical or non-identical. The corresponding higher order structures of such multimers are, consequently, termed homo- or heterodimers, homo- or heterotrimers etc.
  • An example for a heretero multimer is an antibody molecule, which, in its naturally occurring form, consists of two identical light polypeptide chains and two identical heavy polypeptide chains.
  • peptide also refer to naturally modified peptides/polypeptides/proteins wherein the modification is effected e.g. by post-translational modifications like glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation and the like.
  • a “peptide”, “polypeptide” or “protein” when referred to herein may also be chemically modified such as pegylated. Such modifications are well known in the art and described herein below.
  • the structure and function of the first binding domain, and preferably also the structure and/or function of the second binding domain is based on the structure and/or function of an antibody, e.g. of a full-length or whole immunoglobulin molecule.
  • the first binding domain is characterized by the presence of three light chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the variable light (VL) region) and three heavy chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the variable heavy (VH) region).
  • the second binding domain preferably also comprises the minimum structural requirements of an antibody which allow for the target binding. More preferably, the second binding domain comprises at least three light chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VL region) and/or three heavy chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VH region).
  • a binding domain may typically comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH); however, it does not have to comprise both.
  • Fd fragments for example, have two VH regions and often retain some antigen-binding function of the intact antigen-binding domain.
  • Examples of (modified) antigen-binding antibody fragments include (1) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment having the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (2) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment having two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (3) an Fd fragment having the two VH and CH1 domains; (4) an Fv fragment having the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (5) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which has a VH domain; (6) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR), and (7) a single chain Fv (scFv).
  • a Fab fragment a monovalent fragment having the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains
  • a F(ab′)2 fragment a bivalent fragment having two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region
  • an Fd fragment having the
  • variable refers to the portions of the antibody or immunoglobulin domains that exhibit variability in their sequence and that are involved in determining the specificity and binding affinity of a particular antibody (i.e., the “variable domain(s)”).
  • VH variable heavy chain
  • VL variable light chain
  • CH1 CH1
  • Each light (L) chain is linked to a heavy (H) chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the two H chains are linked to each other by one or more disulfide bonds depending on the H chain isotype.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • CDRs may therefore be referred to by Kabat, Chothia, contact or any other boundary definitions, including the numbering system described herein. Despite differing boundaries, each of these systems has some degree of overlap in what constitutes the so called “hypervariable regions” within the variable sequences. CDR definitions according to these systems may therefore differ in length and boundary areas with respect to the adjacent framework region. See for example Kabat (an approach based on cross-species sequence variability), Chothia (an approach based on crystallographic studies of antigen-antibody complexes), and/or MacCallum (Kabat et al., loc. cit.; Chothia et al., J. Mol.
  • CDRs form a loop structure that can be classified as a canonical structure.
  • canonical structure refers to the main chain conformation that is adopted by the antigen binding (CDR) loops. From comparative structural studies, it has been found that five of the six antigen binding loops have only a limited repertoire of available conformations. Each canonical structure can be characterized by the torsion angles of the polypeptide backbone. Correspondent loops between antibodies may, therefore, have very similar three dimensional structures, despite high amino acid sequence variability in most parts of the loops (Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 1987, 196: 901; Chothia et al., Nature, 1989, 342: 877; Martin and Thornton, J.
  • canonical structure may also include considerations as to the linear sequence of the antibody, for example, as catalogued by Kabat (Kabat et al., loc. cit.).
  • Kabat numbering scheme system
  • a given antibody sequence may be placed into a canonical class which allows for, among other things, identifying appropriate chassis sequences (e.g., based on a desire to include a variety of canonical structures in a library).
  • Kabat numbering of antibody amino acid sequences and structural considerations as described by Chothia et al., loc. cit. and their implications for construing canonical aspects of antibody structure are described in the literature.
  • the subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known in the art. For a review of the antibody structure, see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, eds. Harlow et al., 1988.
  • the CDR3 of the light chain and, particularly, the CDR3 of the heavy chain may constitute the most important determinants in antigen binding within the light and heavy chain variable regions.
  • the heavy chain CDR3 appears to constitute the major area of contact between the antigen and the antibody.
  • CDR3 is typically the greatest source of molecular diversity within the antibody-binding site.
  • H3 for example, can be as short as two amino acid residues or greater than 26 amino acids.
  • variable domains The more conserved (i.e., non-hypervariable) portions of the variable domains are called the “framework” regions (FRM) and provide a scaffold for the six CDRs in three dimensional space to form an antigen-binding surface.
  • the variable domains of naturally occurring heavy and light chains each comprise four FRM regions (FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4), largely adopting a ⁇ -sheet configuration, connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the ⁇ -sheet structure.
  • the hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRM and, with the hypervariable regions from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site (see Kabat et al., loc. cit.).
  • the constant domains are not directly involved in antigen binding, but exhibit various effector functions, such as, for example, antibody-dependent, cell-mediated cytotoxicity and complement activation.
  • the antibody construct comprised within the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is particularly envisaged to be a bispecific single chain antibody construct.
  • the term “bispecific” as used herein refers to an antibody construct which is “at least bispecific”, i.e., it comprises at least a first binding domain and a second binding domain, wherein the first binding domain binds to one antigen or target, and the second binding domain binds to another antigen or target. Accordingly, antibody constructs encompassed by the term comprise specificities for at least two different antigens or targets.
  • the term “bispecific antibody construct” thus also encompasses multispecific antibody constructs such as trispecific antibody constructs, the latter ones including three binding domains, or constructs having more than three (e.g. four, five . . .
  • bispecific antibody constructs are (at least) bispecific, they do not occur naturally and they are markedly different from naturally occurring products.
  • a “bispecific” antibody construct is hence an artificial hybrid antibody or immunoglobulin having at least two distinct binding sites with different specificities.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods known in the art, e.g. by chemical conjugation of two different, purified monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) or antibody fragments or by fusing two hybridomas resulting in a quadroma cell line producing, among others, bispecific IgG molecules (see Kontermann and Brinkmann, Drug Discov Today. 2015 July; 20(7):838-47 for review).
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises a bispecific single chain antibody construct binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T Cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain.
  • binding domain interacts or specifically interacts with one or more, preferably at least two, more preferably at least three and most preferably at least four amino acids of an epitope located on the target protein or antigen.
  • epitope refers to a site on an antigen to which a binding domain, such as an antibody or immunoglobulin or derivative or fragment of an antibody or of an immunoglobulin, specifically binds.
  • a binding domain such as an antibody or immunoglobulin or derivative or fragment of an antibody or of an immunoglobulin
  • An “epitope” is antigenic and thus the term epitope is sometimes also referred to herein as “antigenic structure” or “antigenic determinant”.
  • the binding domain is an “antigen interaction site”. Said binding/interaction is also understood to define a “specific recognition”.
  • Epitopes can be formed both by contiguous amino acids (linear epitope) or non-contiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein (conformational epitope.
  • Linear epitopes typically includes at least 3 or at least 4, and more usually, at least 5 or at least 6 or at least 7, for example, about 8 to about 10 amino acids in a unique sequence.
  • a conformational epitope typically comprises an increased number of amino acids relative to a linear epitope.
  • Methods of determining the conformation of epitopes include, but are not limited to, x-ray crystallography, two-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance (2D-NMR) spectroscopy and site-directed spin labelling and electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectroscopy.
  • binding domain exhibits appreciable affinity for the epitope or epitope cluster on a particular protein or antigen and, generally, does not exhibit significant reactivity with non-target proteins or antigens.
  • “Appreciable affinity” includes binding with an affinity of about 10 ⁇ 6 M (KD) or stronger.
  • binding is considered specific when the binding affinity is about 10 ⁇ 12 to 10 ⁇ 8 M, 10 ⁇ 12 to 10 ⁇ 9 M, 10 ⁇ 12 to 10 ⁇ 10 M, 10 ⁇ 11 to 10 ⁇ 8 M, preferably of about 10 ⁇ 11 to 10 ⁇ 9 M.
  • a binding domain of the invention does not essentially or substantially bind to proteins or antigens other than its target proteins or antigens (i.e., the first binding and second binding domain are not capable of binding to proteins other than their respective target protein).
  • a binding domain of the present invention does not bind a protein or antigen other than its target protein or antigen, i.e., does not show reactivity of more than 30%, preferably not more than 20%, more preferably not more than 10%, particularly preferably not more than 9%, 8%, 7%, 6% or 5% with proteins or antigens other than its target protein or antigen, whereby binding to its respective target protein or antigen is set to be 100%.
  • the bispecific single chain antibody construct is envisaged to comprise a first binding domain capable of binding to a target cell surface antigen and a second binding domain capable of binding to the T Cell surface antigen CD3.
  • the antibody construct, the binding domains and in particular the second binding domain (which binds to human CD3 on the surface of a T cell) is in particular envisaged to have the following format:
  • the pairs of VH regions and VL regions are in the format of a single chain antibody (scFv).
  • the VH and VL regions are arranged in the order VH-VL or VL-VH. It is preferred that the VH-region is positioned N-terminally to a linker sequence, and the VL-region is positioned C-terminally of the linker sequence.
  • the second binding domain of the antibody construct comprised within the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is capable of binding to the T Cell surface antigen CD3.
  • T cells or T lymphocytes are a type of lymphocyte (itself a type of white blood cell) that play a central role in cell-mediated immunity. There are several subsets of T cells, each with a distinct function. T cells can be distinguished from other lymphocytes, such as B cells and NK cells, by the presence of a T cell receptor (TCR) on the cell surface.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • the TCR is responsible for recognizing antigens bound to major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules and is composed of two different protein chains. In 95% of the T cells, the TCR consists of an alpha ( ⁇ ) and beta ( ⁇ ) chain.
  • the T lymphocyte When the TCR engages with antigenic peptide and MHC (peptide/MHC complex), the T lymphocyte is activated through a series of biochemical events mediated by associated enzymes, co-receptors, specialized adaptor molecules, and activated or released transcription factors
  • the CD3 receptor complex is a protein complex and is composed of four chains. In mammals, the complex contains a CD3 ⁇ (gamma) chain, a CD3 ⁇ (delta) chain, and two CD3 ⁇ (epsilon) chains. These chains associate with the T cell receptor (TCR) and the so-called ⁇ (zeta) chain to form the T cell receptor CD3 complex and to generate an activation signal in T lymphocytes.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • ⁇ (zeta) chain to form the T cell receptor CD3 complex and to generate an activation signal in T lymphocytes.
  • the CD3 ⁇ (gamma), CD3 ⁇ (delta), and CD3 ⁇ (epsilon) chains are highly related cell-surface proteins of the immunoglobulin superfamily containing a single extracellular immunoglobulin domain.
  • the intracellular tails of the CD3 molecules contain a single conserved motif known as an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif or ITAM for short, which is essential for the signaling capacity of the TCR.
  • ITAM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif
  • the CD3 epsilon molecule is a polypeptide which in humans is encoded by the CD3E gene which resides on chromosome 11.
  • the second binding domain of the bispecific single chain antibody construct comprised within the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is capable of binding to a target cell surface antigen.
  • Said target cell surface antigen may in general be any antigen that can be recognized by and bind to the second binding domain.
  • the bispecific single chain antibody construct is envisaged to form a link between T cells and target cells by binding to both CD3 and the target cell surface antigen.
  • the bispecific single chain antibody construct is thus thought to recruit T cells to target cells, and preferably to cause T cells to exert cytotoxic activity on target cells by producing pro-apoptotic proteins like perforin and granzymes, thereby causing target cell.
  • the target cell will therefore typically be a cell intended as a target for T cell mediated cytotoxicity and, hence, cytolysis.
  • the target cell may be a tumor cell such as a malignant blast cell.
  • the target cell surface antigen may thus be selected from CD33, CD19, FAPalpha, MSLN, FLT3 or BCMA.
  • CD33 is particularly envisaged as a target for the first binding domain of the bispecific single chain antibody construct of the invention.
  • Preferred bispecific single chain antibody constructs of the present invention include AMG 103 (comprising a first binding domain recognizing CD19), AMG 330 (comprising a first binding domain recognizing CD33) a CD33 specific HLE BiTE, a FLT3 specific HLE BiTE and a BCMA specific HLE BiTE as evaluated in the appended Examples.
  • the amino acid sequence of the first binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct may be selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID 99, 109, 119, 128, 137,146, 155, 164, 173, 183, 185 and 187 and the amino acid sequence of the second binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct may be selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72, 81, 179 and 90.
  • Preferred bispecific single chain antibody constructs of the invention thus include constructs comprising or consisting of polypeptide having an amino acid sequence as depicted in a SEQ ID NO selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:175, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:177, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:188.
  • the at least two binding domains and the variable domains of the antibody construct of the present invention may or may not comprise peptide linkers (spacer peptides).
  • the term “peptide linker” defines in accordance with the present invention an amino acid sequence by which the amino acid sequences of one (variable and/or binding) domain and another (variable and/or binding) domain of the antibody construct of the invention are linked with each other.
  • An essential technical feature of such peptide linker is that said peptide linker does not comprise any polymerization activity.
  • suitable peptide linkers are those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,751,180 and 4,935,233 or WO 88/09344.
  • this linker is preferably of a length and sequence sufficient to ensure that each of the first and second domains can, independently from one another, retain their differential binding specificities.
  • those peptide linkers may comprise only a few number of amino acid residues, e.g. 12 amino acid residues or less, such as 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 or 5 amino acid residues.
  • An envisaged peptide linker with less than 5 amino acids comprises 4, 3, 2 or one amino acid(s) and may be Gly-rich, i.e. may consist of the single amino acid Gly.
  • peptide linker are characterized by the amino acid sequence Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser (SEQ ID NO: 178), i.e. Gly 4 Ser, or polymers thereof, i.e. (Gly 4 Ser)x, where x is an integer of 1 or greater.
  • Gly 4 Ser amino acid sequence
  • peptide linkers do not promote any secondary structures are preferred.
  • antibody construct also encompasses derivatives.
  • derivative generally refers to an antibody construct that has been covalently modified to introduce an additional functionality.
  • Covalent modifications of the antibody constructs can be introduced post-translationally by reacting specific amino acid residues of the molecule with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues.
  • Derivatization of antibody constructs can be used to attach therapeutic or diagnostic agents, labels, groups extending the serum half-life of the molecule, or insertion of non-natural amino acids. Commonly applied chemical modifications include the following:
  • Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with ⁇ -haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, ⁇ -bromo- ⁇ -(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N-alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p-chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole.
  • Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH 5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain.
  • Para-bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is preferably performed in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0.
  • Lysinyl and amino terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues.
  • Suitable reagents for derivatizing alpha-amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate; pyridoxal phosphate; pyridoxal; chloroborohydride; trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid; O-methylisourea; 2,4-pentanedione; and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate; pyridoxal phosphate; pyridoxal; chloroborohydride; trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid; O-methylisourea; 2,4-pentanedione; and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high pKa of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.
  • tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane.
  • aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively.
  • Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 125 I or 131 I to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay, the chloramine T method described above being suitable.
  • Carboxyl side groups are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R′—N ⁇ C ⁇ N—R′), where R and R′ are optionally different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide.
  • R′ is optionally different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide.
  • aspartyl and glutamyl residues are converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.
  • Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking the antibody constructs of the present invention to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in a variety of methods.
  • Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane.
  • Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light.
  • reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.
  • glycosylation patterns can depend on both the sequence of the protein (e.g., the presence or absence of particular glycosylation amino acid residues, discussed below), or the host cell or organism in which the protein is produced. Particular expression systems are discussed below.
  • N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
  • the tri-peptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
  • O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the antibody construct is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tri-peptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the starting sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the amino acid sequence of an antibody construct is preferably altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the antibody construct is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the protein. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the protein in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- and O-linked glycosylation.
  • the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the starting antibody construct may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically.
  • Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the protein to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact.
  • Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin et al., 1987 , Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 and by Edge et al., 1981 , Anal. Biochem. 118:131.
  • Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., 1987, Meth. Enzymol. 138:350. Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al., 1982, J. Biol. Chem. 257:3105. Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
  • another type of covalent modification of the antibody construct comprises linking the antibody construct to various non-proteinaceous polymers, including, but not limited to, various polyols such as various polyols such as polyethylene glycol (PEGylation), polypropylene glycol, polyoxyalkylenes, or copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol, or of carbohydrates, such as hydroxyethyl starch (e.g., HESylation®) or polysialic acid (e.g., PolyXen® technology.
  • amino acid substitutions may be made in various positions within the antibody construct, e.g. in order to facilitate the addition of polymers such as PEG.
  • the covalent modification of the antibody constructs of the invention comprises the addition of one or more labels.
  • the labelling group may be coupled to the antibody construct via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance.
  • Various methods for labelling proteins are known in the art and can be used in performing the present invention.
  • label or “labelling group” refers to any detectable label. In general, labels fall into a variety of classes, depending on the assay in which they are to be detected—the following examples include, but are not limited to:
  • fluorescent label any molecule that may be detected via its inherent fluorescent properties. Suitable fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to, fluorescein, rhodamine, tetramethylrhodamine, eosin, erythrosin, coumarin, methyl-coumarins, pyrene, Malacite green, stilbene, Lucifer Yellow, Cascade BlueJ, Texas Red, IAEDANS, EDANS, BODIPY FL, LC Red 640, Cy 5, Cy 5.5, LC Red 705, Oregon green, the Alexa-Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 430, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660, Alexa Fluor 680), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow and R-phycoerythrin (PE) (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.), FITC, Rhod
  • Suitable proteinaceous fluorescent labels also include, but are not limited to, green fluorescent protein, including a Renilla, Ptilosarcus , or Aequorea species of GFP (Chalfie et al., 1994 , Science 263:802-805), EGFP (Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Genbank Accession Number U55762), blue fluorescent protein (BFP, Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc. 1801 de Maisonneuve Blvd. West, 8th Floor, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3H 1J9; Stauber, 1998 , Biotechniques 24:462-471; Heim et al., 1996 , Curr. Biol.
  • green fluorescent protein including a Renilla, Ptilosarcus , or Aequorea species of GFP (Chalfie et al., 1994 , Science 263:802-805), EGFP (Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Genbank Accession Number U55762), blue fluorescent protein (BFP, Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc.
  • EYFP enhanced yellow fluorescent protein
  • luciferase Rhoplasminogen activatories, Inc.
  • ⁇ galactosidase Nolan et al., 1988 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:2603-2607
  • Renilla WO92/15673, WO95/07463, WO98/14605, WO98/26277, WO99/49019, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,292,658, 5,418,155, 5,683,888, 5,741,668, 5,777,079, 5,804,387, 5,874,304, 5,876,995, 5,925,558).
  • Leucine zipper domains are peptides that promote oligomerization of the proteins in which they are found. Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding proteins (Landschulz et al., 1988 , Science 240:1759), and have since been found in a variety of different proteins. Among the known leucine zippers are naturally occurring peptides and derivatives thereof that dimerize or trimerize. Examples of leucine zipper domains suitable for producing soluble oligomeric proteins are described in PCT application WO 94/10308, and the leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD) described in Hoppe et al., 1994 , FEBS Letters 344:191.
  • SPD lung surfactant protein D
  • a modified leucine zipper that allows for stable trimerization of a heterologous protein fused thereto is described in Fanslow et al., 1994 , Semin. Immunol. 6:267-78.
  • recombinant fusion proteins comprising CDH19 antibody fragment or derivative fused to a leucine zipper peptide are expressed in suitable host cells, and the soluble oligomeric CDH19 antibody fragments or derivatives that form are recovered from the culture supernatant.
  • the antibody construct may also comprise additional peptides or domains, which are e.g. helpful in the isolation of the molecule or relate to an adapted pharmacokinetic profile of the molecule.
  • Domains helpful for the isolation of an antibody construct may be selected from peptide motives or secondarily introduced moieties, which can be captured in an isolation method, e.g. an isolation column.
  • additional domains comprise peptide motives known as Myc-tag, HAT-tag, HA-tag, TAP-tag, GST-tag, chitin binding domain (CBD-tag), maltose binding protein (MBP-tag), Flag-tag, Strep-tag and variants thereof (e.g. StrepII-tag) and His-tag.
  • His-tag domains are generally known as a repeat of consecutive His residues in the amino acid sequence of a molecule, preferably of six His residues.
  • Domains or peptides useful for extending the serum half-life (i.e. the time where 50% of an administered drug are eliminated through biological processes, e.g. metabolism, excretion, etc.) of the antibody constructs include those capable of binding to other proteins with a preferred pharmacokinetic profile in the human body such as serum albumin (e.g. the AB156 peptide) or the constant region of immunoglobulins (Fc domains or variants thereof).
  • the bispecific single chain antibody construct is envisaged to be present in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention in a concentration of up to about 5 mg/mL, i.e. about 4.0 mg/mL, 3.0 mg/mL, 2.0 mg/mL, 1.0 mg/mL, 0.5 mg/mL, 0.25 mg/mL or 0.1 mg/mL.
  • the bispecific single chain antibody construct is present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration between 0.1 to 5 mg/mL, preferably of 0.2-2.5 mg/mL, more preferably of 0.25-1.0 mg/mL.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention further comprises a ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
  • cyclodextrin or “CD” refers to a cyclic oligosaccharides composed of at least 6 or more 1 ⁇ 4 linked ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside units.
  • the unitary structure of the cyclodextrins is characterized by a hydrophobic cavity with ether groups inside and a polar exterior which is characterized by primary hydroxyl groups.
  • cyclodextrins are known in the art, including 6-membered ( ⁇ -cyclodextrins), 7-membered ( ⁇ -cyclodextrins) and 8-membered ( ⁇ -cylodextrins) cyclodextrins.
  • ⁇ -cyclodextrins comprising 7 ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside units are particularly preferred components of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, as they have been shown to be capable of effectively stabilizing the bispecific single chain antibody constructs under various stress conditions.
  • cyclodextrin also encompasses chemically modified ( ⁇ -)cyclodextrin derivatives.
  • any chemical modification is conceivable as long as it does not reduce or abolish the advantageous properties of the pharmaceutical composition as demonstrated in the appended examples, and in particular as long as the pharmaceutical compositions retains its stability.
  • Chemically modified cyclodextrin derivatins typically result from etherification or the introduction of other functional groups at the 2-, 3- and 6-hydroxyl groups of the glucose residues.
  • the term includes cyclodextrins comprising one or more substitutions of the hydroxyl groups, e.g. alkylated and hydroxyalkylated cyclodextrins.
  • cyclodextrin also includes pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) means those salts of cyclodextrins that are safe and effective for the administration.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
  • any counterions used in pharmaceuticals must be considered safe, and several lists of pharmaceutically approved counterions exist, which vary depending on the source.
  • Approved salt formers can e.g. be found in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts (Stahl P H, Wermuth C G, editors. 2002. Handbook of pharmaceutical salts: Properties, selection and use. Weinheim/Zurich: Wiley-VCH/VHCA.).
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is envisaged to comprise a ⁇ -cyclodextrin, particularly one selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -cyclodextrin, methyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ethyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, butyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin Succinyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-methyl)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-benzoyl)- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin phosphate sodium salt, ⁇ -cyclodextrin sulphate sodium salt, triacetyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, heptakis(6-O-sulfo)- ⁇ -
  • the ⁇ -cyclodextrin may be sulfobutylether- ⁇ -cyclodextrin (“SBE- ⁇ -CD”) sodium salt, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin (“HP- ⁇ -CD”).
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD sulfobutylether- ⁇ -cyclodextrin
  • HP- ⁇ -CD hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin
  • the ⁇ -cyclodextrin may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration in the range of 0.1% to 20% (w/v), preferably of 0.5% to 2% (w/v) and more preferably of 0.8% to 1.5% (w/v). It is in particular envisaged that the concentration of chemically unmodified ⁇ -cyclodextrin is about 1.8% (w/v) or less, such as about 1.6% (w/v), about 1.5% (w/v), about 1.4% (w/v), about 1.3% (w/v), about 1.2% (w/v), about 1.1% (w/v), about 1.0% (w/v), about 0.9% (w/v), about 0.8% (w/v), or less, down to a concentration of about 0.1% (w/v).
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention further comprises a buffer, which may be selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, acetic acid/sodium acetate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid/sodium succinate, tartaric acid/sodium tartrate, histidine/histidine HCl, glycine, Tris, glutamate, acetate and mixtures thereof, and in particular from potassium phosphate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid, histidine, glutamate, acetate and combinations thereof.
  • a buffer which may be selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, acetic acid/sodium acetate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid/sodium succinate, tartaric acid/sodium tartrate, histidine/histidine HCl, glycine, Tris, glutamate, acetate and mixtures thereof, and in particular from potassium phosphate, citric acid/sodium citrate
  • Suitable buffer concentrations encompass concentrations of about 200 mM or less, such as about 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 or 5 mM.
  • Envisaged buffer concentrations in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention specifically range from about 5 to about 200 mM, preferably from about 5 to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 10 to about 50 mM.
  • the pharmaceutical composition according to the invention may have a pH in the range from about 4 to about 7.5, i.e. a pH of 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7 or 7.5.
  • the pH is in the range from about 5 to about 7.5, more preferably from about 5.5 to about 7.5.
  • the term “pharmaceutical composition” relates to a composition which is suitable for administration to a subject in need thereof.
  • subject or “individual” or “animal” or “patient” are used interchangeably herein to refer to any subject, particularly a mammalian subject, for whom administration of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is desired.
  • Mammalian subjects include humans, non-human primates, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, rabbits, rats, mice, horses, cattle, cows, and the like, with humans being preferred.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is stable and pharmaceutically acceptable, i.e. capable of eliciting the desired therapeutic effect without causing any undesirable local or systemic effects in the subject to which the pharmaceutical composition is administered.
  • compositions of the invention may in particular be sterile and/or pharmaceutically inert.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable can mean approved by a regulatory agency or other generally recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises one or a plurality of the bispecific single chain antibody construct(s) described herein, preferably in a therapeutically effective amount, a ⁇ -cyclodextrin and a buffer.
  • therapeutically effective amount is meant an amount of said construct that elicits the desired therapeutic effect.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) and LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population). The dose ratio between therapeutic and toxic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, ED 50 /LD 50 .
  • Pharmaceutical compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are generally preferred.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may optionally comprise one or more further excipients as long as they do not reduce or abolish its advantageous properties as described herein, and in particular its stability.
  • Excipients can be used in the invention for a wide variety of purposes, such as adjusting physical, chemical, or biological properties of formulations, such as adjustment of viscosity, and or processes of the invention to further improve effectiveness and or to further stabilize such formulations and processes against degradation and spoilage due to, for instance, stresses that occur during manufacturing, shipping, storage, pre-use preparation, administration, and thereafter.
  • excipient generally includes fillers, binders, disintegrants, coatings, sorbents, antiadherents, glidants, preservatives, antioxidants, flavoring, coloring, sweeting agents, solvents, co-solvents, buffering agents, chelating agents, viscosity imparting agents, surface active agents, diluents, humectants, carriers, diluents, preservatives, emulsifiers, stabilizers and tonicity modifiers.
  • Acceptable excipients are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable, i.e. nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed.
  • Exemplary excipients include, without limitation:
  • amino acid can act as a buffer, a stabilizer and/or an antioxidant
  • mannitol can act as a bulking agent and/or a tonicity enhancing agent
  • sodium chloride can act as delivery vehicle and/or tonicity enhancing agent; etc.
  • Polyols are useful stabilizing agents in both liquid and lyophilized formulations to protect proteins from physical and chemical degradation processes, and are also useful for adjusting the tonicity of formulations.
  • Polyols include sugars, e.g., mannitol, sucrose, and sorbitol and polyhydric alcohols such as, for instance, glycerol and propylene glycol, and, for purposes of discussion herein, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and related substances.
  • Mannitol is commonly used to ensure structural stability of the cake in lyophilized formulations. It ensures structural stability to the cake. It is generally used with a lyoprotectant, e.g., sucrose.
  • Sorbitol and sucrose are commonly used agents for adjusting tonicity and as stabilizers to protect against freeze-thaw stresses during transport or the preparation of bulks during the manufacturing process.
  • PEG is useful to stabilize proteins and as a cryoprotectant.
  • Surfactants routinely are used to prevent, minimize, or reduce surface adsorption. Protein molecules may be susceptible to adsorption on surfaces and to denaturation and consequent aggregation at air-liquid, solid-liquid, and liquid-liquid interfaces. These effects generally scale inversely with protein concentration. These deleterious interactions generally scale inversely with protein concentration and typically are exacerbated by physical agitation, such as that generated during the shipping and handling of a product. Commonly used surfactants include polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, other fatty acid esters of sorbitan polyethoxylates, and poloxamer 188. Surfactants also are commonly used to control protein conformational stability. The use of surfactants in this regard is protein-specific since, any given surfactant typically will stabilize some proteins and destabilize others.
  • Polysorbates are susceptible to oxidative degradation and often, as supplied, contain sufficient quantities of peroxides to cause oxidation of protein residue side-chains, especially methionine. Consequently, polysorbates should be used carefully, and when used, should be employed at their lowest effective concentration.
  • Antioxidants can—to some extent—prevent deleterious oxidation of proteins in pharmaceutical formulations by maintaining proper levels of ambient oxygen and temperature and by avoiding exposure to light. Antioxidant excipients can be used as well to prevent oxidative degradation of proteins.
  • useful antioxidants in this regard are reducing agents, oxygen/free-radical scavengers, and chelating agents.
  • Antioxidants for use in therapeutic protein formulations are preferably water-soluble and maintain their activity throughout the shelf life of a product. EDTA is a useful example.
  • Metal ions can act as protein co-factors and enable the formation of protein coordination complexes. Metal ions also can inhibit some processes that degrade proteins. However, metal ions also catalyze physical and chemical processes that degrade proteins. Magnesium ions (10-120 mM) can be used to inhibit isomerization of aspartic acid to isoaspartic acid. Ca +2 ions (up to 100 mM) can increase the stability of human deoxyribonuclease. Mg +2 , Mn +2 , and Zn +2 , however, can destabilize rhDNase.
  • Ca +2 and Sr +2 can stabilize Factor VIII, it can be destabilized by Mg +2 , Mn +2 and Zn +2 , Cu +2 and Fe +2 , and its aggregation can be increased by Al +3 ions.
  • Preservatives have the primary function to inhibit microbial growth and ensure product sterility throughout the shelf-life or term of use of the drug product, and are in particular needed for multi-dose formulations.
  • Commonly used preservatives include benzyl alcohol, phenol and m-cresol.
  • Salts may be used in accordance with the invention to, for example, adjust the ionic strength and/or the isotonicity of the pharmaceutical formulation and/or to further improve the solubility and/or physical stability of the antibody construct or other ingredient.
  • ions can stabilize the native state of proteins by binding to charged residues on the protein's surface and by shielding charged and polar groups in the protein and reducing the strength of their electrostatic interactions, attractive, and repulsive interactions.
  • Ions also can stabilize the denatured state of a protein by binding to, in particular, the denatured peptide linkages (—CONH) of the protein.
  • ionic interaction with charged and polar groups in a protein also can reduce intermolecular electrostatic interactions and, thereby, prevent or reduce protein aggregation and insolubility.
  • Ionic species differ in their effects on proteins.
  • a number of categorical rankings of ions and their effects on proteins have been developed that can be used in formulating pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with the invention.
  • One example is the Hofmeister series, which ranks ionic and polar non-ionic solutes by their effect on the conformational stability of proteins in solution.
  • Stabilizing solutes are referred to as “kosmotropic.”
  • Destabilizing solutes are referred to as “chaotropic.”
  • Kosmotropes commonly are used at high concentrations (e.g., >1 molar ammonium sulfate) to precipitate proteins from solution (“salting-out”).
  • Chaotropes commonly are used to denture and/or to solubilize proteins (“salting-in”). The relative effectiveness of ions to “salt-in” and “salt-out” defines their position in the Hofmeister series.
  • Free amino acids can be used in the pharmaceutical composition as bulking agents, stabilizers, and antioxidants, as well as other standard uses. Lysine, proline, serine, and alanine can be used for stabilizing proteins in a formulation. Glycine is useful in lyophilization to ensure correct cake structure and properties. Arginine may be useful to inhibit protein aggregation, in both liquid and lyophilized formulations. Methionine is useful as an antioxidant.
  • excipients for formulating the pharmaceutical composition include sucrose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, arginine, lysine, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poloxamer 188, pluronic and combinations thereof.
  • Said excipients may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in different concentrations, as long as the composition exhibits the desirable properties as exemplified herein, and in particular promotes stabilization of the contained bispecific single chain antibody constructs.
  • sucrose may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration between 2% (w/v) and 12% (w/v), i.e.
  • sucrose concentrations range between 4% (w/v) and 10% (w/v) and more preferably between 6% (w/v) and 10% (w/v).
  • Polysorbate 80 may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration between 0.001% (w/v) and 0.5% (w/v), i.e.
  • Preferred Polysorbate 80 concentrations range between 0.002% (w/v) and 0.5% (w/v), and preferably between 0.005% (w/v) and 0.02% (w/v).
  • composition provided herein may in particular comprise one or more preservatives.
  • Useful preservatives for formulating pharmaceutical compositions generally include antimicrobials (e.g. anti-bacterial or anti-fungal agents), anti-oxidants, chelating agents, inert gases and the like; examples are: benzalkonium chloride, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, thimerosal, phenethyl alcohol, methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorhexidine, sorbic acid or hydrogen peroxide).
  • Antimicrobial preservatives are substances which are used to extend the shelf-life of medicines by reducing microbial proliferation.
  • Preservatives that particularly useful for formulating the pharmaceutical composition of the invention include benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, phenol, meta-cresol, methylparaben, phenoxyethanol, propylparaben thiomerosal.
  • the structure and typical concentration for the use of these preservatives are described in Table 1 of Meyer et al. J Pharm Sci. 96(12), 3155.
  • benzyl alcohol may be present in a concentration ranging between 0.2 and 1.1% (v/v), chlorobutanol in a concentration ranging between 0.3-0.5% (v/v), phenol in a concentration ranging between 0.07 and 0.5% (v/v), meta-cresol in a concentration ranging between 0.17 and 0-32% (v/v) or thiomerosal in a concentration ranging between 0.003 to 0.01% (v/v).
  • Preferred concentrations for methylparaben are in the range of 0.05 and 0.5% (v/v), for phenoxyethanol in the range of 0.1 and 3% (v/v) and for propylparaben in the range of 0.05 and 0.5% (v/v).
  • the pharmaceutical composition does not comprise any preservatives.
  • the present invention inter alia provides a pharmaceutical composition being free of preservatives, comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct having an amino acid sequence as depicted in SEQ ID Nos. 100 and 110 in a concentration of about 0.5 mg/ml, sulfobutylether- ⁇ -cyclodextrin sodium salt in a concentration of about 1% (w/v), and potassium phosphate in concentration of about 10 mM, and further sucrose in concentration of about 8% (w/v) of and polysorbate 80 in concentration of about 0.01% (w/v) at a pH of about 6.0.
  • compositions of the invention can be formulated in various forms, e.g. in solid, liquid, frozen, gaseous or lyophilized form and may be, inter alia, in the form of an ointment, a cream, transdermal patches, a gel, powder, a tablet, solution, an aerosol, granules, pills, suspensions, emulsions, capsules, syrups, liquids, elixirs, extracts, tincture or fluid extracts.
  • various storage and/or dosage forms are conceivable for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, depending, i.a., on the intended route of administration, delivery format and desired dosage (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 22nd edition, Oslo, A., Ed., (2012)).
  • the skilled person will be aware that such choice of a particular dosage form may for example influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release and rate of in vivo clearance of the antibody construct of the invention.
  • the primary vehicle or carrier in a pharmaceutical composition may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature.
  • a suitable vehicle or carrier may be water for injection, physiological saline solution or artificial cerebrospinal fluid, possibly supplemented with other materials common in compositions for parenteral administration.
  • Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with serum albumin are further exemplary vehicles.
  • the therapeutic compositions of the invention may be provided in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution comprising the desired antibody construct in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • a particularly suitable vehicle for parenteral injection is sterile distilled water in which the antibody construct is formulated as a sterile, isotonic solution, properly preserved.
  • the preparation can involve the formulation of the desired molecule with an agent, such as injectable microspheres, bio-erodible particles, polymeric compounds (such as polylactic acid or polyglycolic acid), beads or liposomes, that may provide controlled or sustained release of the product which can be delivered via depot injection.
  • Hyaluronic acid may also be used, having the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation.
  • Implantable drug delivery devices may be used to introduce the desired antibody construct.
  • Sustained- or controlled-delivery/release formulations are also envisaged herein. Techniques for formulating a variety of other sustained- or controlled-delivery means, such as liposome carriers, bio-erodible microparticles or porous beads and depot injections, are also known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, International Patent Application No. PCT/US93/00829, which describes controlled release of porous polymeric microparticles for delivery of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Sustained-release preparations may include semipermeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Sustained release matrices may include polyesters, hydrogels, polylactides (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • Sustained release compositions may also include liposomes that can be prepared by any of several methods known in the art. See, e.g., Eppstein et al., 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:3688-3692; European Patent Application Publication Nos. EP 036,676; EP 088,046 and EP 143,949.
  • the antibody construct may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatine-microcapsules and poly (methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules
  • compositions used for in vivo administration are typically provided as sterile preparations. Sterilization can be accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes. When the composition is lyophilized, sterilization using this method may be conducted either prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution.
  • Compositions for parenteral administration can be stored in lyophilized form or in a solution. Parenteral compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • the antibody constructs disclosed herein may also be formulated as immuno-liposomes.
  • a “liposome” is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes. Liposomes containing the antibody construct are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82: 3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4030 (1980); U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556.
  • Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
  • Fab′ fragments of the antibody construct of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al. J. Biol. Chem. 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide interchange reaction.
  • a chemotherapeutic agent is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al. J. National Cancer Inst. 81 (19) 1484 (1989).
  • composition of the invention might comprise, in addition to the bispecific single chained antibody construct defined herein, further biologically active agents, depending on the intended use of the composition.
  • agents might be in particular drugs acting on tumors and/or malignant cells, but other active agents are also conceivable depending on the intended use of the pharmaceutical composition, including agents acting on the gastro-intestinal system, drugs inhibiting immunoreactions (e.g. corticosteroids), drugs modulating the inflammatory response, drugs acting on the circulatory system and/or agents such as cytokines known in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is applied in a co-therapy, i.e., in combination with another anti-cancer medicament.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, crystal, or as a dehydrated or lyophilized powder.
  • Such formulations may be stored either in a ready-to-use form or in a form (e.g., lyophilized) that is reconstituted prior to administration.
  • lyophilized compositions may be reconstituted in, e.g., bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), or the same formulation the protein had been in prior to lyophilization.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may in general be formulated for delivery by any suitable route of administration.
  • the routes of administration include, but are not limited to topical routes (such as epicutaneous, inhalational, nasal, opthalmic, auricular/aural, vaginal, mucosal); enteral routes (such as oral, gastrointestinal, sublingual, sublabial, buccal, rectal); and parenteral routes (such as intravenous, intraarterial, intraosseous, intramuscular, intracerebral, intracerebroventricular, epidural, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, extra-amniotic, intraarticular, intracardiac, intradermal, intralesional, intrauterine, intravesical, intravitreal, transdermal, intranasal, transmucosal, intrasynovial, intraluminal).
  • topical routes such as epicutaneous, inhalational, nasal, opthalmic, auricular/aural, vaginal, mucosal
  • compositions described herein are particularly useful for parenteral administration, e.g., subcutaneous or intravenous delivery, for example by injection such as bolus injection, or by infusion such as continuous infusion.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may be administered using a medical device. Examples of medical devices for administering pharmaceutical compositions are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,475,196; 4,439,196; 4,447,224; 4,447, 233; 4,486,194; 4,487,603; 4,596,556; 4,790,824; 4,941,880; 5,064,413; 5,312,335; 5,312,335; 5,383,851; and 5,399,163.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention can also be administered uninterruptedly.
  • uninterrupted or substantially uninterrupted, i.e. continuous administration may be realized by a small pump system worn by the patient for metering the influx of the antibody construct into the body of the patient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be administered by using said pump systems.
  • Such pump systems are generally known in the art, and commonly rely on periodic exchange of cartridges containing the therapeutic agent to be infused. When exchanging the cartridge in such a pump system, a temporary interruption of the otherwise uninterrupted flow of therapeutic agent into the body of the patient may ensue. In such a case, the phase of administration prior to cartridge replacement and the phase of administration following cartridge replacement would still be considered within the meaning of the pharmaceutical means and methods of the invention together make up one “uninterrupted administration” of such therapeutic agent.
  • the continuous or uninterrupted administration of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be intravenous or subcutaneous by way of a fluid delivery device or small pump system including a fluid driving mechanism for driving fluid out of a reservoir and an actuating mechanism for actuating the driving mechanism.
  • Pump systems for subcutaneous administration may include a needle or a cannula for penetrating the skin of a patient and delivering the suitable composition into the patient's body. Said pump systems may be directly fixed or attached to the skin of the patient independently of a vein, artery or blood vessel, thereby allowing a direct contact between the pump system and the skin of the patient.
  • the pump system can be attached to the skin of the patient for 24 hours up to several days.
  • the pump system may be of small size with a reservoir for small volumes. As a non-limiting example, the volume of the reservoir for the suitable pharmaceutical composition to be administered can be between 0.1 and 50 ml.
  • Continuous administration may also be achieved transdermally by way of a patch worn on the skin and replaced at intervals.
  • patch systems for drug delivery suitable for this purpose. It is of note that transdermal administration is especially amenable to uninterrupted administration, as exchange of a first exhausted patch can advantageously be accomplished simultaneously with the placement of a new, second patch, for example on the surface of the skin immediately adjacent to the first exhausted patch and immediately prior to removal of the first exhausted patch. Issues of flow interruption or power cell failure do not arise.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may in general comprise any of the aforementioned excipients, or additional active agents, or may be provided in any suitable form as long as it is stable and preferably exhibits the same advantageous properties as the pharmaceutical compositions comprising ⁇ -cyclodextrins that have been evaluated in the appended Examples.
  • the skilled person will readily be able to adjust the various components so as to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is stable, i.e. is preferably substantially free from aggregates and/or conformers of the bispecific single chain antibody fragments comprised within.
  • less than or greater than includes the concrete number. For example, less than 20 means less than or equal to. Similarly, more than or greater than means more than or equal to, or greater than or equal to, respectively.
  • AMG 330 protein pool (SEQ ID NO: 100) derived from hydroxyapatite chromatography was dialyzed into a formulation base buffer composed of 100 mM tris base, 50 mM disodium hydrogen phosphate, 4% (w/v) trehalose dihydrate at pH 5.2. The endpoint of dialysis was verified by osmolality measurements.
  • the dialyzed bulk was concentrated by ultrafiltration and centrifugation to a concentration of 0.96 mg/mL and sterile filtered by means of a 0.2 ⁇ m PVDF filter.
  • the preformulated bulk was divided into three equally sized volume fractions.
  • HMWS conformer and high molecular weight species
  • SE-UPLC size exclusion ultra high performance liquid chromatography
  • SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C. Separation of size variants was achieved by applying an isocratic method with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min.
  • the mobile phase was composed of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM NaCl pH 6.8.
  • the run time totals 6.0 minutes. Samples were held at 8° C. within the autosampler until analysis.
  • the injection volume was 7.5 ⁇ L.
  • AMG 330 drug substance formulated in 35 mM tris hydrochloride, 17.5 mM sodium phosphate hydrogenphosphate, 100 mM L-arginine hydrochloride and 1.4% (w/V) trehalose dihydrate, pH 6.0 was supplemented with either polysorbate 20, 80 or HP- ⁇ -CD at different concentrations depicted in FIGS. 2 A- 2 C (x-axis). All excipients were applied in compendial grade. Formulations were filled to 1.0 mL in prewashed and presterilized type I glass vials.
  • Vials were stoppered with sterilized butyl rubber stoppers and were sealed with aluminum caps. Formulations were stressed by (1) ten consecutive freeze/thaw cycles and (2) foaming. Freezing and thawing was performed in an Epsilon 2-6D pilot scale lyophilizer (Christ, Germany). Target temperatures for freezing and thawing were set to ⁇ 50° C. and 20° C. respectively. Freezing and thawing rates of 0.3 K/min. were used. Each temperature was followed by a 1 hour isothermal plateau. Foaming was achieved by injecting nitrogen into the respective solution over 1 hour at 80 mL per minute using a 21G injection needle. The vial was vented using a second injection needle equipped with sterile filter. Samples stored at ⁇ 70° C.
  • AMG 103 was formulated in 20 mM histidine, 2% (w/v) trehalose dihydrate, 0.9% (w/v) sodium chloride at pH 7.0. This formulation was supplemented with different concentrations of either HP- ⁇ -CD (0.5 and 1.0% w/V) or SBE- ⁇ -CD (0.5, 1.0 and 2.0% w/V). A cyclodextrin free formulation served as control. The AMG 103 concentration in all formulations was adjusted to 0.6 mg/mL.
  • Intrinsic fluorescence emission intensities were analyzed in the same plate from the bottom. Excitation was realized at 278 nm. Emission intensity was recorded from 300 to 500 nm using 1 nm increments. Excitation and emission slits were set to 10 and 5 nm respectively. During both UV and fluorescence measurements the plate was temperature controlled (25° C.).
  • AMG 103 was formulated as described under Example 2. However its concentration was varied between 0.2 and 0.6 mg/mL (Table 2).
  • Preformulated drug substance containing approximately 1 mg/mL CD33_2-hALB in 20 mM potassium phosphate, 150 mM L-arginine hydrochloride and 6% (w/V) trehalose dihydrate at pH 6.0 was dialyzed in 20 mM citric acid, 6% (w/V) sucrose at pH 5.0 and in 20 mM potassium phosphate, 6% (w/V) sucrose at pH 6.0 respectively.
  • the dialysis endpoint was determined via osmolality measurements. Dialysis was performed using Slide A Lyzer® devices. After dialysis the citrate buffered material was directly concentrated above 7 mg/mL with VivaSpin® units. Centrifugation was performed at approximately 2000 g for 5 min. at 2 to 8° C.
  • the potassium phosphate buffered material was treated likewise. However the material was divided into two equally sized volume fractions prior to the centrifugation step. One fraction was adjusted to pH 7.0. The pH of the second fraction was maintained at pH 6.0. After sterile filtration through a 0.2 ⁇ m PVDF filter, the concentrates were finally formulated by adding stock solutions of polysorbate 80 and SBE- ⁇ -CD where applicable. The CD33_2-hALB target concentration was 5.0 mg/mL. The finally formulated bulks were filled into prewashed and presterilized type I glass vials. Vials were stoppered with sterilized butyl rubber stoppers and were sealed with aluminum caps. The fill volume totaled 1.0 mL. An overview on formulations is provided by Table 3. The vials were stored for six days in a temperature controlled cabinet at 37° C. High molecular weight species were quantified by SE-UPLC using the method described under Example 1. The injected amount of protein totaled 3 ⁇ g.
  • Formulations containing SBE- ⁇ -CD showed lower amounts of high molecular weight species (HMWS) after incubation if compared to cyclodextrin free preparations. The effect was more pronounced at pH 6 and 7 than at pH 5 ( FIG. 6 ).
  • Purified MSLN-hALB (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 176) was concentrated stepwise by ultrafiltration (UF). First a seven fold concentration was performed using a cassette equipped with a regenerated cellulose membrane and surface of 0.11 m 2 . A further seven fold concentration was carried out with a smaller membrane with a surface of 50 cm 2 . Both membranes had a molecular weight cut-off (MWCO) of 10 kDa. For ultrafiltration and diafiltration steps the transmembrane pressure was limited to 1.4 bar. The concentrated pool was divided into two parts.
  • UF ultrafiltration
  • the first part was dialfiltrated into a buffer composed of 20 mM potassium phosphate, 150 mM L-arginine hydrochloride, 6% (w/V) trehalose dihydrate at pH 6.0.
  • the second part was diafiltrated into a buffer composed of 20 mM potassium phosphate, 2% (w/V) Sucrose at pH 6.0.
  • the final formulations listed in Table 4 were adjusted by adding concentrated stock solutions to the diafiltrated materials. All excipients were applied in compendial grade.
  • the target MSLN-hALB concentration was 1.0 mg/mL.
  • MSLN-hALB drug substance was sterile filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m PVDF filter and filled into prewashed and presterilized type I glass vials. Vials were stoppered with sterilized butyl rubber stoppers and were sealed with aluminum caps. The fill volume totaled 1.0 mL. The vials were stored for up to two weeks in temperature controlled cabinets at 25° C. and 37° C. respectively. High molecular weight species were quantified by SE-UPLC using the method described under Example 1. The injected amount of protein totaled 3 ⁇ g. Acidic charge variants were determined using weak cation exchange ultra high performance liquid chromatography (WCX-UPLC).
  • WCX-UPLC was performed on a UPLC H class Aquity (Waters) using a Protein-Pak Hi Res CM 7 ⁇ m 4.6 ⁇ 100 mm column.
  • the column temperature was set to 30° C.
  • the following gradient (Table 5) was applied:
  • Eluent A was composed of 20 mM sodium phosphate at pH 6.5.
  • Eluent B was composed of 20 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM sodium chloride, pH 6.5.
  • the injected amount of protein totaled 3 ⁇ g.
  • the flow rate was 0.65 mL/min.
  • Protein detection relied on the measurement of intrinsic fluorescence intensity. Excitation was performed at 280 nm and emission was taken at 330 nm. Acidic charge variants were quantified based on the relative area under the curve (AUC). Integration was performed using Empower® software.
  • HMWS high molecular weight species
  • Example 7 LLPS of AMG 330 with SBE- ⁇ -CD and Alginate
  • LLPS Liquid-Liquid Phase Separation
  • the colloidal particles e.g. proteins
  • a LLPS occurs into coexisting protein-rich and protein-poor phases, provided the temperature is sufficiently low.
  • the co-existing phases are in true thermodynamic equilibrium and are fully reversible and the concentrations of the coexisting phases depend only on temperature and not on the initial protein concentration.
  • LLPS can be induced by addition of PEG. If there is a stronger the attraction between proteins, the lower the PEG concentration that is necessary for LLPS to occur, which in turn indicates that these proteins will easily aggregate.
  • excipients that increase colloidal stability of a protein result in a higher protein concentration in protein-poor phase. This increase in protein concentration can be measured chromatographically relative to a control without an excipient. In formulation development it is desirable to observe LLPS and evaluate the attraction between protein molecules.
  • the purpose of this experiment is to use LLPS to evaluate the effect of SBE- ⁇ -CD and Alginate on the colloidal stability of AMG 330.
  • Solution ID Solution Composition Solution Preparation Volume A AMG 330 (1.2 mg/ml) n/a 180 uL needed B 1X PBS 5 mL 10X PBS + 45 mL 50 mL milli Q water C 50% SBE- ⁇ -CD in 1X PBS (pH to 5 g in 10 g match 1x PBS) D 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD in 1X PBS 100 uL C + 4.9 mL B 5 mL E 0.1% SBE- ⁇ -CD in 1X PBS 10 uL + 4.99 mL B 5 mL F 1% Alginate in 1x PBS (pH to 0.2 g in 20 g match 1X PBS) G 0.1% Alginate in 1x PBS 500 uL F + 4.5 mL B 5 mL H 24% PEG 3350 IN 1X PBS 4.8 g in 20 g
  • Sample composition and preparation Final Sample volume ID Sample Composition Sample preparation (uL) 1-1 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 0% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL B 100 1-2 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 0% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL B 100 2-1 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL H 100 2-2 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL H 100 3-1 AMG 330 + 0.001% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 12% (10 uL A + 1 uL E + 39 uL B) + 50 100 PEG uL H 3-2 AMG 330 + 0.001% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 12% (10 uL A + 1 uL E + 39 uL B) + 50 100 PEG uL H 3-2 AMG
  • sample composition and preparation was prepared as mentioned in the table 6 and 7 above.
  • Samples were prepared (final AMG 330 concentration of 0.12 mg/ml) and incubated at 40° C. for three days. Samples were then micro centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) for 20 sec and 80 uL supernatant was removed and analyzed by analytical CEX (ProPac WCX-10 column, 2 mm ID) in Agilent chromatography system (Agilent 1200, Santa Clara, Calif., USA).
  • Analytical CEX 70 ⁇ L of the sample were injected into the CEX column which was equilibrated with 20 mM Citric acid, 0.005% Sodium Azide, pH 6.0 and eluted with 20 mM Citric acid, 1M Sodium Chloride, 0.005% Sodium Azide pH 6.0, with a gradient time of 30 min (total run time: 45 min/injection) with a maximum concentration of 500 mM Sodium chloride at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min. Autosampler temperature were maintained at 40 C during the run. From the chromatograms, peak areas of the samples were calculated ( FIGS. 9 and 10 ).
  • Example 8 Buffer Exchange and Protein Concentration of AMG 330 by Ultrafiltration Centrifugation in the Presence of 4 Different Formulations (Including SBE- ⁇ -CD)
  • Solution ID Solution composition Solution preparation Vol to prepare A 0.4 mg/mL AMG 330 N/A 17 mL B 10 mM Citrate, pH 6.0 N/A C 40% Captisol in 1X PBS D 500 mM Arg, 500 mM Glu in B, pH 6.0 E 35 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Na phosphate, 50 mM Arg, 1.4% Trehalose, pH 6.0 F 65% Sucrose (w/v) in B G 18% Mannitol (w/v) in B H 1% Polysorbate 80 (w/v) in B I 1% PEG 4000 (w/w) in E, pH 6.0 J 10 mM Citrate pH 6.0, 3% Captisol 97.5 mL B + 2.5 mL C 100 mL K 3.5 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Na phosphate, 0 mM 95 mL + 5 mL I Arg, 1.4% Tre
  • Sample composition and preparation Sample ID Sample composition Sample preparation 1-1 AMG 330 in 10 mM Citrate, pH 6.0 2 mL A, buffer exchange in by centrifugation/filtration 1-2 2-1 AMG 330 in 10 mM Citrate, pH , 1% Captisol 2 mL A, buffer exchange in J by centrifugation/filtration 2-2 3-1 AMG 330 in 5 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Na phosphate, 2 mL A, buffer exchange in K by centrifugation/filtration 50 mM Arg, 1.4% Trehalose, 0.05% PEG-4000, pH 6.0 3-2 4-1 AMG 330 in 10 mM Citrate, 50 mM Arg, 50 mM 2 mL A, buffer exchange in L by centrifugation/filtration Glu, 2% Sucrose, 4% Mannitol, 0.01% PS-80, pH 6.0 4-2 5-1 AMG 330, no buffer exchange 10 uL A into HPLC 5-2 indicates data missing or illeg
  • Initial protein concentration was 0.4 mg/ml. 2 mL of 0.4 mg/ml AMG 330 were placed into an Amicon ultra 15 ml centrifugal filter, MWCO 10,000. 10 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and gently mixed with protein and centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) for 3 hrs at 2000 rpm at 4° C. The retentate was then gently mixed and the tubes were centrifuged for 1.5 hrs at 2500 rpm at 25° C.
  • Analytical SEC Samples were analyzed by analytical SEC (TSKgel G3000SWXL, 7.8 mm ID, PA, USA) in an Agilent chromatography system (Agilent 1200, Santa Clara, Calif., USA) with a running buffer of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM Sodium chloride, pH 6.8 with a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min (total run time: 35 min/injection). Autosampler temperature was maintained at 4° C. during the run.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD appears to provide significant protection to AMG 330 against the formation of HMW during protein concentration by ultrafiltration with the lowest relative amount of aggregates in formulation containing SBE- ⁇ -CD.
  • the formulation containing Arginine, Glutamate, Sucrose, Mannitol and PS-80 had the highest amount of HMW followed by the formulation containing Tris, phosphate, Arginine, Trehalose and PEG 4000 ( FIG. 11 ).
  • CEX analysis showed similar effect (data not shown).
  • Example 9 Small Scale Formulation Study of AMG 330 Including SBE- ⁇ -CD (LLPS, FT, UFC)
  • AMG 330 was evaluated after LLPS, 20 freeze/thaw (F/T) cycles and concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation (UFC).
  • UFC ultrafiltration/centrifugation
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD provides protection against AMG 330 aggregation and is further evaluated in this experiment.
  • UFC FIG. 12 A , FIG. 12 B
  • LLPS and F/T studies FIG. 12 C , FIG. 12 D
  • 14 formulations were investigated.
  • LLPS samples were analyzed by analytical CEX
  • UFC and F/T samples were analyzed by both analytical SEC and CEX.
  • Solution ID Solution composition Solution preparation volume A 20 mM Citrate, pH 6.0 by media prep 20 L B 2 mg/mL AMG 330, dialysis of 0.4 mg/mL AMG 330, then 20 mL, concentrate buffer exchange in A concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation to mL C % polysorbate 80 (w/w) in A 2 g, bring to 100 g in A 100 mL D 10% SBE- ⁇ -CD (w/w) in A, pH 6.0 g, bring to 50 g in A, pH adjust to 6.0 50 mL E 15% Glycine in (w/w) A, pH 6.0 7.5 g, bring to 50 g in A, pH adjust to 6.0 F 40% Sucrose (w/w) in A 20 g, bring to 25 g in A 25 mL G 1 % Mannitol (w/w) in A 3.5 g, bring to 25 g in A H 400 mM Arg in A, pH 6.0 3.484 g
  • Samples were prepared as outlined in table below and incubated for 5 days at 4° C. The final volume of all the samples was 240 ⁇ L. After incubation, samples were micro centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) for 20 s, then 200 ⁇ L supernatant was removed for analytical CEX (same details as in Example 7), except the autosampler temperature was maintained at 25° C.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD performed even better when in combination with sucrose, mannitol and sucrose, and especially with glycine and sucrose. This is especially striking because Glycine alone performed quite poorly and it didn't do much better in combination with sucrose.
  • Sample composition preparation for F/T 20 mM AMG 40% Arginine Citrate, 330 + SBE- 55% + Volume in uL pH 6.0 PS80 ⁇ -CD Glycine Sucrose Mannitol Glutamate Trehalose ID Sample composition A L M E N G I J 1 Control, ⁇ 70 C. 207.6 32.4 2 Control, ⁇ 30 C. 207.6 32.4 3 0.5% SBE- ⁇ -CD, ⁇ 70 C. 204.6 32.4 3 4 0.5% SBE- ⁇ -CD, ⁇ 30 C. 204.6 32.4 3 5 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, ⁇ 70 C. 201.6 32.4 6 6 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, ⁇ 30 C.
  • Samples were prepared as tabulated above. 20 F/T cycles were performed, with samples stored for at least on hour at ⁇ 70° C. or ⁇ 30° C. during each freeze, and at room temperature for no more than one hour during thaw. Final volume of each sample was 240 ⁇ L. Aliquots were removed for analytical SEC (same as Example 8) analysis after 0 and 20 cycles.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD appears to provide benefit toward reducing aggregation and increasing relative monomer levels during F/T in comparison to other formulations.
  • the formulations in which SBE- ⁇ -CD was used in combination with other excipients also performed well, particularly with Glycine and Sucrose.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD has been shown in previous UFC experiment to provide significant protection to AMG 330 against aggregation during protein concentration.
  • the effects on AMG 330 during protein concentration by UFC are compared in the presence of either SBE- ⁇ -CD or another cyclodextrin, 2-Hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin (2-HP- ⁇ -CD).
  • AMG 330 was placed into an Amicon Ultra 4 mL centrifugal filter tube of MWCO 10,000. 3.125 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and mixed gently with the protein, and the tubes were centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) at 4000 rcf at 25 C until retentate volume was ⁇ 100 uL. 4 mL additional buffer was added, and the samples were again concentrated to ⁇ 100 uL.
  • AMG 330 was concentrated up to ⁇ 10 mg/mL in the presence of 1 and 2% SBE- ⁇ -CD or 2-HP- ⁇ -CD.
  • the SBE- ⁇ -CD containing formulations are indicated by asterisks.
  • the control on the left (labeled as 0.4 mg/mL) was not concentrated beyond it starting concentration of 0.4 mg/mL.
  • Second from the left (labeled as Control in FIG. 4 A and FIG. 4 B ) is sample that was concentrated without any cyclodextrin.
  • the comparison between SBE- ⁇ -CD and 2-HP- ⁇ -CD formulations demonstrated the advantage of using SBE- ⁇ -CD.
  • FIG. 13 shows the highest concentration reached;
  • FIG. 14 reveals the composition of these concentrated solutions in terms of % aggregate and % monomer.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD has been shown to reduce aggregation in AMG 330 in previous experiments.
  • the purpose of this experiment is to evaluate other cyclodextrins in comparison to SBE- ⁇ -CD.
  • the levels of aggregation in AMG 330 were measured after 1-4 days incubation at 4° C. and 25° C. with 4 different cyclodextrins.
  • All samples also contained ⁇ 2 mg/mL AMG 330, 20 mM Citrate, and 0.01% Polysorbate-80, pH 6.0. Samples were prepared and stored in Eppendorf tubes (table 14). The tubes were wrapped in plastic and protected from light during incubation. Aliquots were taken after 1 and 4 days incubation at 4° C. and 25° C. (Thermofisher Scientific, (Newington, N.H.) Haake A28). The aliquots were briefly micro centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) and the supernatants were analyzed by analytical SEC.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD At end of 4 days at 4° C., 0.5% SBE- ⁇ -CD formulation had a larger total peak area by SEC indicating higher soluble protein concentrations. Other formulations precipitated and aggregated to various degrees. This result demonstrate that SBE- ⁇ -CD was a more effective stabilizer and solubilizer of AMG 330 at both temperatures (4° and 25° C.) compared to ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl R-cyclodextrins seemed to fare better only at 25° C. ( FIG. 15 ).
  • Example 12 AMG 330 in 13 Different Formulations at 1 mg/mL and Stored at ⁇ 20, ⁇ 30 and ⁇ 70° C. for Up to 6 Weeks
  • the purpose of this experiment is to develop a stable frozen and lyophilized formulation for AMG 330 SBE- ⁇ -CD and Triton X-100 was evaluated s formulation excipients.
  • Polycarbonate carboys will be used to simulate drug substance (DS) frozen storage.
  • Formulation composition Sample Formulation ID Abbreviation Formulation composition FRM 1 C60CpGSuP 10 mM Citrate, 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0 FRM 2 C60CpMSuP 10 mM Citrate, 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 4% Mannitol, 2% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0 FRM 3 C60CpSuP 10 mM Citrate, 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 8% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0 FRM 4 H60CpGSuP 10 mM Histidine, 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0 FRM 5 H60CpMSuP 10 mM Histidine, 1% SBE- ⁇ -CD, 4% Mannitol, 2% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0 FRM 6 H
  • Formulation buffer, PEG and surfactant stocks were freshly prepared and added to produce the final formulated material. Samples were filled out at a volume of 15 mL in 30 mL PC carboys (Nalgene) for this experiment). All samples were filtered in a sterile hood using sterivex filter units (0.22 ⁇ m) prior to filling. Final protein concentration in PC carboys is 1 mg/mL.
  • SBE- ⁇ -CD was included in AMG 330 formulations that were incubated at various temperatures. Results after 6 weeks of storage showed that all the SBE- ⁇ -CD containing formulations were stable in contrast to a formulation based on the use of PEG-4000 and without SBE- ⁇ -CD.
  • Example 13 Evaluation of Two Cyclodextrans (SBE- ⁇ -CD and ⁇ -Cyclodextrin) as Excipients for Lyophilized Formulation for AMG 330
  • AMG 330 drug substance concentration is 0.4 mg/mL.
  • AMG 330 was buffer exchanged into respective buffers (listed in table 17) using Millipore Centripreps (30K NMWL, 15 mL):
  • Formulation concentration Sample ID (mg/mL) Buffer Excipient Surfactant pH C60SuT 0.85 20 mM 4% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6 Citrate Sucrose Polysorbate 80 C60GSuT 0.85 20 mM 2% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6 Citrate Glycine, 1% Polysorbate (w/v) 80 Sucrose C60MSuT 0.85 20 mM 4% 0.01% (w/V) 6 Citrate Mannitol, Polysorbate 2% (w/v) 80 Sucrose C60RSuT 0.85 20 mM 75 mM 0.01% (w/V) 6 Citrate Arginine, 4% Polysorbate (w/v) 80 Sucrose C60CpT 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6 Citrate SBE- ⁇ -CD Polysorbate 80 C60CpSuT 0.85 20 mM
  • Formulation buffer and surfactant stocks were added to produce the final formulated material.
  • Samples were filled at a volume of 2 mL in 5 cc glass vials (Schott Type 1A) with a total of 4 vials per formulation. All samples were filtered in a sterile hood using Sterivex filter units (0.22 ⁇ m) prior to filling. After filing vials were loosely capped with rubber stoppers for lyophilization ( FIG. 17 A ).
  • MFI revealed a moderate increase in subvisible particles (majority in the 1-2 ⁇ m range) for most formulations following lyophilization.
  • a dramatic increase was observed for one of the ⁇ -cyclodextran formulation, C60AcL.
  • Example 14 Small Scale Formulation Study of Fap Alpha BiTE® Including SBE- ⁇ -CD and ⁇ -Cyclodextran (UFC, LLPS and F/T)
  • FAP alpha BiTE® (SEQ ID NO: 177) was evaluated after LLPS, 20 freeze/thaw (F/T) cycles, and concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation (UFC). Results from previous studies with similar formulations have shown that SBE- ⁇ -CD have a positive effect on AMG 330 BiTE® stability and in this study, effect on SBE- ⁇ -CD on FAP BiTE® was investigated.
  • Control is formulated in 10 mM Potassium Phosphate, 161 mM Arginine pH 7.6 + 4% Trehalose at 2.65 mg/mL. 20 mM 1% 1% 40% 10% 15% 55% 18% Volume in mL Citrate PS-80 F-68 SBE- ⁇ -CD ⁇ -CD Glycine Sucrose Mannitol Sample Sample ID composition FRM1 Control N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A FRM2 Control, 29.7 0.3 0.01% PS-80 FRM3 0.5% SBE- ⁇ - 29.325 0.3 0.375 CD, 0.01% PS-80 FRM4 0.5% SBE- ⁇ - 24.78 0.3 0.375 4 0.545 CD, 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose, 0.01% PS-80 FRM5 0.5% SBE- ⁇ - 21.565 0.3 0.375 1.09 6.67 CD, 4% Mannitol, 2% Sucrose,
  • FAP alpha BiTE® formulated in 10 mM Potassium Phosphate, 161 mM Arginine pH 7.6+4% Trehalose
  • Amicon Ultra 4 mL centrifugal filter tube of MWCO 10,000 3.5 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and mixed gently with the protein, and the tubes were centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) at 4000 rcf at 25 C until retentate volume was-50 uL.
  • the buffer addition and centrifugation steps were repeated twice more for a total of 3 concentration steps.
  • the retentate was then gently mixed with a pipettor, removed from the filter tube, placed in an Eppendorf tube, and microcentrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) at maximum speed for 2 min. The supernatant was then analyzed by SEC. Each sample was prepared in duplicate. Non-concentrated FAP alpha BiTE® (2.65 mg/mL) was also analyzed for comparison purposes.
  • Fap alpha LLPS results LLPS results with Fap a BiTE® and SBE- ⁇ -CD are comparable to the LLPS results with AMG 330. ⁇ -cyclodextran did not show any positive or negative effect on the colloidal stability of this molecule ( FIG. 18 ).
  • CD33-scFc BiTE antibody construct was purified using Protein A and cation exchange chromatography (CEX).
  • CEX Protein A and cation exchange chromatography
  • the CEX eluate was dialyzed into a 10 mM L-glutamic acid buffer at pH 4.2 using dialysis cassettes containing membranes with a molecular weight cut-off (MWCO) of 10 kDa. Dialysis was performed at 2-8° C. The concentration of the dialyzed pool material totaled 2.3 mg/mL.
  • the material was further concentrated via ultrafiltration centrifugation (UFC) using concentrator tubes containing membranes with MWCO of 10 kDa.
  • the concentrated material was filtered with through a filter with a pore size of 0.22 ⁇ m. Post filtration concentration totaled 2.7 mg/mL.
  • the material was fully formulated into the formulations listed in Table 19. by spiking with concentrated stock solution. The final protein concentration totals 1.0 mg/mL.
  • Formulations were filled to 1.0 mL in 2R type I glass vials which were closed with butyl rubber stoppers and aluminum flip off seals. Vials were stored at ⁇ 20 and ⁇ 70° C. Samples were pulled at designated time points. After sampling vials were thawed at ambient temperature and analyzed via size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in order to quantify the percentaged content of high molecular weight species. SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C.
  • SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C.
  • HMWS significantly increased during storage at ⁇ 20° C. for formulations that did not contain HPBCD.
  • the protein was prevented from forming HMWS at ⁇ 20° C. in presence of HPBCD irrespective of its concentration (6 or 12%).
  • the presence of mannitol detrimentally affected stability at ⁇ 20° C. indicated by an increase in HMWS.
  • FL1-scFc and FL2-scFc Two different FLT3-scFc BiTE antibody constructs (FL1-scFc and FL2-scFc) were purified using protein A and CEX chromatrography.
  • Post CEX all contructs were diafiltered in a buffer composed of 10 mM L-glutamic acid, 4% (w/v) sucrose at pH 4.2.
  • the MWCO of the used membrane was 10 kDa.
  • the diafiltered pool protein concentration of 1.7 mg/mL
  • MWCO of 10 kDa was concentrated via ultrafiltration (MWCO of 10 kDa) until a concentration of 7.6 mg/mL was achieved.
  • the material was then filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter and fully formulated through spiking with excipient stock solutions.
  • Table 20 An overview of formulations is provided by Table 20.
  • Both formulations were filled to 1.3 mL in 2R type I glass vials which were closed with butyl rubber stoppers and aluminum flip off seals. Vials were stored at ⁇ 20° C. Samples were pulled at designated time points. After sampling vials were thawed at ambient temperature and analyzed via size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in order to quantify the percentaged content of high molecular weight species. SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C. Separation of size variants was achieved by applying an isocratic method with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min.
  • SE-UPLC size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography
  • the mobile phase was composed of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM NaCl pH 6.8.
  • the run time totals 6.0 minutes. Samples were held at 8° C. within the autosampler until analysis. A total amount of 3 ⁇ g protein was injected. In order to avoid carry over an intermediate injection with 40% ACN was performed after each sample. Detection was based on fluorescence (excitation at 280 nm, emission at 325 nm). Peak integration was performed using Empower® software. Relative area under the curve of HMWS was reported ( FIG. 19 ).
  • BCMA-scFc BiTE antibody constructs BC1-scFc and BC2-scFc were purified, formulated, stored, and analyzed as described under Example 16. An overview of formulations is provided by Table 21.
  • FIG. 20 shows the percentaged HMWS content in function of formulation for both antibody constructs.
  • the percentaged content of HMWS increased by 1.6% (BC1-scFc) and 1.9% (BC-scFc) respectively in HPBCD free formulations after four weeks.
  • HMWS formation was inhibited in formulations containing 6% HPBCD.
  • CD3_1 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNIYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKSRFTISRDDS KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSFFAYWGQGTLVTVSS 8.
  • CD3_1 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL 9.
  • CD3_2 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL 18.
  • CD3_4 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP 30 CD3_4 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV 31.
  • CD3_4 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNRYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSYFAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL 37.
  • CD3_9 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL SGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL 81.
  • CD3_9 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNSYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSWWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCV LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL 82.
  • CD3_10 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGNYPN 83.
  • CD3_10 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL SGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL 90.
  • CD33_1 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADKFQG 93.
  • CD33_1 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDF TLTIDSPQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 99.
  • CD33_1 bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS molecule TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC QQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIR SKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGG SGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTL
  • CD33_2 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADKFQG 103.
  • CD33_2 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSS 108.
  • CD33_2 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDF TLTIDSPQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIK 109.
  • CD33_2 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC QQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIK 110.
  • CD33_3 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG 113.
  • CD33_3 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM SSDTSTSTAYLEINSLRSDDTAIYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS 118.
  • CD33_3 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 119.
  • CD33_3 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM SSDTSTSTAYLEINSLRSDDTAIYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 120.
  • CD33_4 VH CDR1 NYGMN 121.
  • CD33_4 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 128.
  • CD33_4 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM TSDTSTSTAYLELHNLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 129.
  • CD33_5 VH CDR1 NYGMN 130.
  • CD33_5 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG 131.
  • CD33_5 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 137.
  • CD33_5 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM TTDTSTSTAYMEIRNLRNDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 138.
  • CD33_6 VH CDR1 NYGMN 139.
  • CD33_6 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG 140.
  • CD33_6 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 146.
  • CD33_6 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM TSDTSTSTAYMEISSLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 147.
  • CD33_7 VH CDR1 NYGMN 148.
  • CD33_7 VL DIVMTQSPDSMTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLDIK 155.
  • CD33_7 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGETNYADKFQGRVTF TSDTSTSTAYMELRNLKSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSMTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLDIK 156.
  • CD33_8 VH CDR1 NYGMN 157.
  • CD33_8 VL DIVMTQSPDSLSVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 164.
  • CD33_8 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGETNYADKFQGRVTF TSDTSTSTAYMELRNLKSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSLSVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 165.
  • CD33_9 VH CDR1 NYGMN 166.
  • CD33_9 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADKFQG 167.
  • CD33_9 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSNNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLTIDGLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 173.
  • CD33_9 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTM TTDTSTSTAYMEIRNLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSNNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS GTDFTLTIDGLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK 174.

Abstract

The present invention provides novel and stable pharmaceutical compositions comprising bispecific single chain antibody constructs, cyclodextrins and a buffer.

Description

    BACKGROUND
  • The advent of recombinant DNA technology has allowed the development of many protein pharmaceuticals in the past three decades. Protein-based pharmaceuticals are now among the fastest growing categories of therapeutic agents in (pre)clinical development and as commercial products. In comparison with small chemical drugs, protein pharmaceuticals have high specificity and activity at relatively low concentrations, and typically provide for therapy of high impact diseases such as various cancers, auto-immune diseases, and metabolic disorders (Roberts, Trends Biotechnol. 2014 July; 32(7):372-80, Wang, Int J Pharm. 1999 Aug. 20; 185(2):129-88).
  • Due to advances in commercial scale purification processes, recombinant proteins can now be obtained in high purity when first manufactured. However, proteins are only marginally stable and are highly susceptible to degradation, both chemical and physical. Chemical degradation refers to modifications involving covalent bonds, such as deamidation, oxidation, cleavage or formation of new disulfide bridges, hydrolysis, isomerization, or deglycosylation. Physical degradation includes protein unfolding, undesirable adsorption to surfaces, and aggregation. Dealing with these physical and chemical instabilities is one of the most challenging tasks in the development of protein pharmaceuticals (Chi et al., Pharm Res, Vol. 20, No. 9, September 2003, pp. 1325-1336, Roberts, Trends Biotechnol. 2014 July; 32(7):372-80).
  • Protein aggregation represents a major event of physical instability of proteins and occurs due to the inherent tendency to minimize the thermodynamically unfavorable interaction between the solvent and hydrophobic protein residues. It is particularly problematic because it is encountered routinely during refolding, purification, sterilization, shipping, and storage processes. Aggregation can occur even under solution conditions where the protein native state is highly thermodynamically favored (e.g., neutral pH and 37° C.) and in the absence of stresses (Chi et al., Pharm Res, Vol. 20, No. 9, September 2003, pp. 1325-1336, Roberts, Trends Biotechnol. 2014 July; 32(7):372-80, Wang, Int J Pharm. 1999 Aug. 20; 185(2):129-88, Mahler J Pharm Sci. 2009 September; 98(9):2909-34.).
  • Protein aggregation is problematic because it can impair biological activity of the therapeutic proteins. Moreover, aggregation of proteins leads to undesirable aesthetics of the drug product, and decreases product yield due to elaborate purification steps that are required to remove the aggregates from the end product. More recently, there has also been growing concern and evidence that the presence of aggregated proteins (even humanized or fully human proteins) can significantly increase the risk that a patient will develop an immune response to the active protein monomer, resulting in the formation of neutralizing antibodies and drug resistance, or other adverse side effects (Mahler J Pharm Sci. 2009 September; 98(9):2909-34.
  • Several efforts have been reported in the literature to minimize protein aggregation by various mechanisms. Proteins can be stabilized and thus protected from aggregate formation and other chemical changes by modifying their primary structure, thereby increasing interior hydrophobicity and reducing outer hydrophobicity. However, genetic engineering of proteins may result in impaired functionality and/or increased immunogenicity. Another approach focuses on the dissociation of aggregates (referred to as “disaggregation”) to recover functional, native monomers by using various mechanisms such as temperature, pressure, pH, and salts. Currently, protein aggregates are removed as impurities mainly in the polishing steps of downstream processing. However, in cases of high levels of high-molecular weight (HMW), removing significant amount of HMW not only results in substantial yield loss but also makes the design of a robust downstream process challenging (Chi et al., Pharm Res, Vol. 20, No. 9, September 2003, pp. 1325-1336).
  • Preserving protein stability and activity in biological and biotechnological applications poses serious challenges. There is a need in the art for optimized pharmaceutical compositions that provide for enhanced stabilization of therapeutic proteins and reduce aggregation and denaturation during formulation, filling, shipping, storage and administration, thereby preventing loss-of-function and adverse immunogenic reactions. It is the object of the present invention to comply with thus need.
  • SUMMARY
  • Protein instability, and in particular protein aggregation, is an increasing challenge in the biotechnology industry, where aggregation is encountered throughout the lifetime of a therapeutic protein, including during refolding, purification, sterilization, shipping, and storage processes. It is thus the object of the present invention to provide a stable pharmaceutical composition comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct, binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain; a β-cyclodextrin; and a buffer.
  • The β-cyclodextrin may be present in a selected from the group consisting of β-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, ethyl-β-cyclodextrin, butyl-β-cyclodextrin Succinyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-methyl)-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-benzoyl)-β-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin phosphate sodium salt, β-cyclodextrin sulphate sodium salt, triacetyl-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(6-O-sulfo)-β-cyclodextrin heptasodium salt, carboxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, 6-O-β-toluenesulfonyl-β-cyclodextrin, and in particular from sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin. It may be present in a concentration in the range of 0.1% to 20% (w/v), preferably of 0.5% to 2% (w/v) and more preferably of 0.8% to 1.5% (w/v).
  • The bispecific single chain antibody construct may be present in a concentration range of 0.1-5 mg/ml, preferably of 0.2-2.5 mg/ml, more preferably of 0.25-1.0 mg/ml. Its first binding domain may bind to CD33. In particular, the amino acid sequence of the first binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct is selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID 99, 109, 119, 128, 137,146, 155, 164 and 173 and the amino acid sequence of the second binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct is selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72, 81, 179 and 90.
  • The buffer may be selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, acetic acid/sodium acetate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid/sodium succinate, tartaric acid/sodium tartrate, histidine/histidine HCl, glycine, Tris, glutamate, acetate and mixtures thereof, and in particular from potassium phosphate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid, histidine, glutamate, acetate and combinations thereof.
  • The pH of the pharmaceutical composition may be in the range of 4 to 7.5.
  • One or more excipients may be present in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein, including sucrose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, arginine, lysine, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poloxamer 188, pluronic and combinations thereof.
  • The composition may comprise one or more preservatives, particularly benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, phenol, meta-cresol, methylparaben, phenoxyethanol, propylparaben thiomerosal. The structure and typical concentration for the use of these preservatives are described in Table 1 of Meyer et al. J Pharm Sci. 96(12), 3155.
  • Also provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition free of preservatives, comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 100 or 110 and being in a concentration of about 0.5 mg/ml, and further a cyclodextrin being sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt in a concentration of about 1% (w/v), and further a buffer being potassium phosphate in concentration of about 10 mM, said formulation further comprising sucrose in concentration of about 8% (w/v) of and polysorbate 80 in concentration of about 0.01% (w/v) at a pH of about 6.0.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 : Quantitation of high molecular weight species and conformer by size exclusion uiltra high performance liquid chromatography (SE-UPLC) in AMG 330 (SEQ ID NO: 100) preparations containing polysorbate 20, 80 or HP-β-CD.
  • FIGS. 2A-2C: Effect of polysorbate (PS) 20, 80 and HP-β-CD on the amount of non-monomeric species (including conformers, dimers, aggregates) in AMG 330 preparations in function of stress factors: unstressed (FIG. 2A), foaming (FIG. 2B) and 10 freeze/thaw cycles (FIG. 2C). Quantitation of species was achieved by size exclusion ultra high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC). Protein concentration was addressed by the same assay (A280 detection).
  • FIG. 3 : Concentration dependent effect of HP-β-CD and SBE-β-CD on the aggregation propensity (measured by optical density at 350 nm; optical densities refer to a pathlength of 10 mm) of AMG 103 in presence of 0.9% (V/V) of benzyl alcohol.
  • FIGS. 4A-4B: Intrinsic fluorescence emission intensity measurements of AMG 103 before (FIG. 4A) and after (FIG. 4B) incubation at 37° C. for 24 hours in presence of 0.9% (V/V) benzyl alcohol.
  • FIGS. 5A-5B: Predictive models derived from experimental design studies (2-level 4-factor full factorial) describing the effect of increasing concentrations of HP-β-CD (FIG. 5A) and SBE-β-CD (FIG. 5B) on the optical density at 350 nm of AMG 103 (SEQ ID NO: 174) preparations.
  • FIG. 6 : Assessment of high molecular weight species (HMWS) by size exclusion chromatography in different formulations containing 5 mg/mL CD33_2-hALB (SEQ ID NO: 175).
  • FIGS. 7A-7C: High molecular weight species formation rate at 25° C. and 37° C. for three different MSLN-hALB (SEQ ID NO: 176) formulations (K60RTrT (FIG. 7A), K60SBESuT (FIG. 7B), and K60RMSuT (FIG. 7C)) determined by the size exclusion chromatography (SEC)
  • FIG. 8 : Formation of acidic charge variants at 25° C. and 37° C. for three different MSLN-hALB formulations determined by weak cation exchange ultra high performance liquid chromatography (WCX-UPLC)
  • FIG. 9 . AMG 330 solubility at 40 C in the presence of 12% PEG-3350. Both SBE-β-CD (Captisol) and Alginate (Protanal) increase solubility of aggregated and monomeric AMG 330 when used at higher concentrations. However, SBE-β-CD preferentially solubilizes monomer. The control on the left (1×PBS) was incubated without SBE-β-CD, whereas the control on the right (1×PBS) was incubated without PEG and SBE-β-CD.
  • FIG. 10 : Data from the same experiment as shown in FIG. 9 that demonstrates the effect of different concentrations of SBE-β-CD and Alginate on % monomer and % aggregate in AMG 330. SBE-β-CD at ˜ 0.1-1% is effective at increasing monomer content at the expense of aggregates (shown by green arrows). In contrast, Alginate data shows opposite trend of increasing aggregates (shown by red arrow). SBE-β-CD was also shown to reduce the negative impact of overconcentration in this case.
  • FIG. 11 : Average SEC relative peak area of AMG 330 after buffer exchange and protein concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation.
  • FIGS. 12A-12D. FIG. 12A: Summary of maximal AMG 330 concentrations achieved by overconcentration, calculated by SEC mainpeak+HMW. SBE-β-CD formulations (indicated by asterisks) reached higher concentrations and maintained higher % monomer. FIG. 12B: Data from the same experiment as shown in FIG. 12A where AMG 330 was concentrated up to 7-8 mg/mL in the presence of increasing concentrations of SBE-β-CD with or without glycine and sucrose (see asterisks). The control on the left was concentrated without SBE-β-CD. The control on the right was not concentrated beyond its starting concentration of 0.4 mg/ml. Additional sample labeled as ‘2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose” was concentrated without SBE-β-CD to demonstrate the advantage of using SBE-β-CD. FIG. 12C: AMG 330 CEX relative peak areas after 5 days incubation at 4° C., average of two replicates. All samples contain 20 mM citrate, 0.01% PS-80, pH 6.0. FIG. 12D: AMG 330 relative main peak area after SEC analysis. All samples also include 20 mM Citrate, 0.01% PS-80, pH 6.0.
  • FIG. 13 : AMG 330 concentration calculated from SEC main peak+HMW.
  • FIG. 14 : AMG 330 relative peak area from SEC after buffer exchange and concentration.
  • FIG. 15 : AMG 330 SEC total peak areas (main peak+HMW) peak after incubation with various cyclodextrins
  • FIG. 16 : AMG 330 in 13 different formulations at 1 mg/mL and stored at −20, −30 and −700° C. for up to 6 weeks.
  • FIGS. 17A-17D: FIG. 17A: Although SBE-β-CD at 0.5% may not be fully sufficient to provide an elegant lyo cake on its own, it is compatible with more common bulking agents, such as glycine and mannitol. All of these lyo cakes reconstituted well and produced little to no aggregation or particulation in the presence of SBE-β-CD. FIG. 17B: The use of SBE-β-CD (blue chromatogram, indicated by arrow) but not α-cyclodextran (pink chromatogram, indicated by arrow) reduces % aggregate post-reconstitution. Control formulation without any cyclodextrin (in thick black line) also shows an elevated level of aggregates, albeit lower than α-cyclodextran. These results demonstrate the advantage of using SBE-β-CD. FIG. 17C: Analytical SEC of different formulations (pre and post representes pre-lyophilization and post-constitution). FIG. 17D: MFI analysis for different formulations following lyophilization.
  • FIG. 18 . Summary of maximal Fapa BiTE® (SEQ ID NO: 177) concentrations achieved by overconcentration. SBE-β-CD formulations (indicated by asterisks) reached higher protein concentrations compared to α-cyclodextran and maintained higher % monomer. The α-cyclodextran formulations lost most of their soluble protein because of precipitation.
  • FIG. 19 . Overview on percentage content of high molecular weight species (HMWS) determined by size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in function of CD33-scFc BiTE antibody construct formulation.
  • FIG. 20 . Overview on percentage content of high molecular weight species (HMWS) determined by size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in function of FLT3-scFc BiTE antibody construct formulation.
  • FIG. 21 . Overview on percentage content of high molecular weight species (HMWS) determined by size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in function of BCMA-scFc BiTE antibody construct formulation.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Despite the high quality of current therapeutic biotech products and the resemblance of recombinant human proteins and antibodies to endogenous human proteins, protein instability remains an important concern. In addition to the quality-related consequences of protein aggregation such as possible loss of protein activity and undesirable aesthetics of drug product, soluble protein aggregates have been reported to have significant cytotoxic effects, and, importantly, are a potential risk factor for the development of an the immune response to protein products.
  • Protein aggregation can occur during at various points throughout the lifetime of a protein, including fermentation, refolding, purification, filling, shipment, storage or administration and is strongly dependent on various environmental factors. There is a critical need in the art to increase stability and reduce aggregation of therapeutic proteins; and optimized pharmaceutical formulations can aid in doing so. The present inventors investigated the effects of different cyclodextrins to on the aggregation of bispecific antibody constructs (specifically, Bi-specific T-cell engagers, BiTE®) when exposed to various environmental stress factors. Surprisingly, the inventors found that antibody constructs could be significantly stabilized in the presence of cyclodextrins, and in particular β-cyclodextrins.
  • Thus, the present invention provides a stable pharmaceutical composition comprising a) a bispecific single chain antibody construct, binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain, b) a β-cyclodextrin and c) a buffer.
  • Stability
  • Within the present invention, the term “stability” or “stabilization” relates to the stability of the pharmaceutical composition in total and in particular to the stability of the active ingredient (i.e. the bispecific single chain antibody construct) itself, specifically during formulation, filling, shipment, storage and administration. The terms “stability” or “stable” in the context of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention and the bispecific single chain antibody construct particularly refers to the reduction or prevention of the formation of protein aggregates (HMWS). Specifically, the term “stability” also relates to the colloidal stability of the bispecific single chain antibody constructs comprised within the pharmaceutical composition described herein. “Colloidal stability” is the ability of colloidal particles (such as proteins) to remain dispersed in liquids for a prolonged period of time (days to years).
  • The term “(protein) aggregate” as used herein generally encompasses protein species of higher molecular weight such as “oligomers” or “multimers” instead of the desired defined species (e.g., a monomer). The term is used interchangeably herein with the terms “high molecular weight species” and “HMWS”. Protein aggregates may generally differ in size (ranging from small (dimers) to large assemblies (subvisible or even visible particles) and from the nanometer to micrometer range in diameter), morphology (approximately spherical to fibrillar), protein structure (native vs. non-native/denatured), type of intermolecular bonding (covalent vs. non-covalent), reversibility and solubility. Soluble aggregates cover the size range of roughly 1 to 100 nm, and protein particulates cover subvisible (˜0.1-100.m) and visible (>100. m) ranges. All of the aforementioned types protein aggregates are generally encompassed by the term. The term “(protein) aggregate” thus refers to all kinds physically-associated or chemically linked non-native species of two or more protein monomers.
  • The term “protein aggregation” or “non-native aggregation” thus denotes the process(es) by which protein molecules assemble into complexes composed of two or more proteins, with the individual proteins denoted as the monomer. There are multiple pathways leading to protein aggregation that can be induced by a wide variety of conditions, including temperature, mechanical stress such as shaking and stirring, pumping, freezing and/or thawing and formulation.
  • Temperature
  • An increase in temperature accelerates chemical reactions such as oxidation and deamidation of proteins, which can in turn promote aggregation. Higher temperature also directly influences conformation of proteins on the quaternary, tertiary, and secondary structure level, and can lead to temperature-induced unfolding that can promote aggregation.
  • Freezing and Thawing
  • Protein denaturation and aggregation can occur during freeze/thawing due to complex physical and chemical changes such as creation of new ice/solution interfaces, adsorption to container surfaces, cryoconcentration of the protein and solutes, and pH changes due to crystallization of buffer components.
  • Protein Concentration
  • An increase in protein concentration can also enhance the formation of protein aggregates. At high protein concentrations, macromolecular crowding occurs, a term used to describe the effect of high total volume occupancy by macromolecular solutes upon the behavior of each macromolecular species in that solution. According to this excluded volume theory, self-assembly and thus potentially aggregation may be favored.
  • Preservatives
  • Antimicrobial preservatives, such as benzyl alcohol and phenol, are often needed in protein liquid formulations to ensure sterility during its shelf life, and in addition required in multidose formulations and certain drug delivery systems, e.g., injection pens, minipumps and topical applications. Many preservatives have been reported to induce protein aggregation, although the underlying mechanism is not well understood. It has been proposed that preservatives bind to and populate unfolded protein states that are prone to aggregation.
  • Advantageously, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are envisaged to be stable, i.e. to remain free or substantially free from protein aggregates even when subjected to stress, in particular thermal stress, storage, surface-induced stress (such as freeze/thaw cycles, foaming), concentration (by ultra- and diafiltration) or being mixed with organic compounds such as antimicrobial preservatives. Preferably, the pharmaceutical compositions may have similar or even improved characteristics as compared to the compositions comprising SBE-β-CD or HP β-CD that have been evaluated in the appended Examples. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are preferably homogenous solutions of dispersed monomeric bispecific single chain antibody constructs.
  • The skilled person will appreciate that even though the pharmaceutical composition effectively provides for stabilization of the active ingredient (i.e. reduces or inhibits formation of protein aggregates of the bispecific single chain antibody construct), some aggregates or conformers may occasionally form, however without substantially compromising overall usability of the pharmaceutical composition. In this context “substantially free” of aggregates means that the amount of aggregates remains lower than 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2% or 1% (w/v), particularly also when being subjected to environmental stress, e.g. as evaluated in the appended Examples.
  • Methods for determining the presence of soluble and insoluble protein aggregates have been, inter alia, reviewed by Mahler et al., J Pharm Sci. 2009 September; 98(9):2909-34. Formation of soluble protein aggregates can be evaluated by size exclusion ultra high performance liquid chromatography (SE-UPLC) as described in the appended Examples. SEC is one of the most used analytical methods for the detection and quantification of protein aggregates. SEC analysis allows both for sizing of aggregates, and their quantification. SEQ-UPLC allows for the selective and rapid separation of macromolecules based on their shape and size (hydrodynamic radius) in a molecular weight range of about 5-1000 kDa.
  • Protein solutions show an optical property, called opalescence or turbidity. The optical property of a solution is a function of the particles present to scatter and absorb light. Proteins are natural colloids and the turbidity of aqueous formulations depends on protein concentration, the presence of nondissolved particles, particle size and particle number per volume unit. Turbidity can be measured by UV-Vis spectroscopy as optical density in the 340-360 nm range and be used to detect both soluble and insoluble aggregates.
  • Moreover, the inspection of samples by visual means is still an important aspect of assessing protein aggregates. Visual evaluation for the absence or presence of visible aggregates is preferably performed according to Deutscher Arzneimittel Codex (DAC) Test 5.
  • As set out elsewhere herein, it is envisaged pharmaceutical composition of the invention—most likely by the action of β-cyclodextrins comprised therein—favor an increased colloidal stability of the bispecific single chain antibody constructs, and thus exhibit a reduced or even absent liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS). LLPS is a thermodynamically driven event, in which a homogenous protein solution separates into a protein-poor phase (usually the top layer) and a protein-rich phase (usually the bottom layer) with decreasing temperatures. LLPS is typically fully reversible simply by mixing the two phases and raising the temperature of the solution. The occurrence of LLPS has been attributed to short-range attractive protein-protein interactions—making it a measure of strength of protein-protein attraction. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising β-cyclodextrins according to the invention have been found to comprise higher concentrations of the bispecific single chain antibody construct in the LLPS protein-poor phase, as compared to pharmaceutical compositions not comprising β-cyclodextrins. Accordingly, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are envisaged to exhibit reduced LLPS or no LLPS at all when compared to controls, and thus promoting an increased colloidal stability of the bispecific single chain antibody constructs of the present invention. LLPS can be induced and the protein content of the different phases can be examined as described in the appended Examples.
  • Environmental stress can, in particular due to thermal and/or chemical denaturation, also lead to conformational changes, which may in turn favor aggregation. Surprisingly, the present inventors found that bispecific single chain antibody constructs are also stabilized with regard to conformational changes as evaluated by measuring intrinsic fluorescence emission intensity of aromatic amino acids. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention therefore preferably also reduces or inhibits the formation of conformers (i.e. non-native, abnormally folded protein species).
  • Antibody Construct
  • As explained previously, the stable pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises a bispecific single chain antibody construct, binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T Cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain.
  • The term “antibody construct” generally refers to a molecule in which the structure and/or function is/are based on the structure and/or function of an antibody, e.g. of a full-length or whole immunoglobulin molecule. An antibody construct is hence capable of binding to its specific target or antigen. Furthermore, an antibody construct according to the invention comprises the minimum structural requirements of an antibody which allow for the target binding. This minimum requirement may e.g. be defined by the presence of at least the three light chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VL region) and/or the three heavy chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VH region). The antibodies on which the constructs described herein are based include for example monoclonal, recombinant, chimeric, deimmunized, humanized and human antibodies.
  • Within the definition of “antibody constructs” are full-length or whole antibodies including camelid antibodies and other immunoglobulin antibodies generated by biotechnological or protein engineering methods or processes. These full-length antibodies may be for example monoclonal, recombinant, chimeric, deimmunized, humanized and human antibodies. Also within the definition of “antibody constructs” are fragments of full-length antibodies, such as VH, VHH, VL, (s)dAb, Fv, Fd, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2 or “r IgG” (“half antibody”). Antibody constructs may also be modified fragments of antibodies, also called antibody variants, such as scFv, di-scFv or bi(s)-scFv, scFv-Fc, scFv-zipper, scFab, Fab2, Fab3, diabodies, single chain diabodies, tandem diabodies (Tandab's), tandem di-scFv, tandem tri-scFv, “minibodies” exemplified by a structure which is as follows: (VH-VL-CH3)2, (scFv-CH3)2 or (scFv-CH3-scFv)2, multibodies such as triabodies or tetrabodies, and single domain antibodies such as nanobodies or single variable domain antibodies comprising merely one variable domain, which might be VHH, VNAR VH or VL, that specifically bind an antigen or epitope independently of other V regions or domains. Also encompassed by the term “antibody construct” are single domain antibody constructs composed of (at least) two single domain monoclonal antibodies which are individually selected from the group comprising VH, VL, VHH and VNAR, and a linker. The linker is preferably in the form of a peptide linker. Similarly, an “scFv-single domain mAb” is a monoclonal antibody construct composed of at least one single domain antibody as described above and one scFv molecule as described above. Again, the linker is preferably in the form of a peptide linker.
  • Furthermore, the definition of the term “antibody constructs” generally includes monovalent, bivalent and polyvalent/multivalent constructs and, thus, monospecific constructs, specifically binding to only one antigenic structure, as well as bispecific and polyspecific/multispecific constructs, which specifically bind more than one antigenic structure, e.g. two, three or more, through distinct binding domains. Moreover, the definition of the term “antibody constructs” includes molecules consisting of only one polypeptide chain as well as molecules consisting of more than one polypeptide chain, which chains can be either identical (homodimers, homotrimers or homo oligomers) or different (heterodimer, heterotrimer or heterooligomer). In the context of the present invention, bispecific single chain antibody constructs binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain are particularly envisaged.
  • Binding Domains
  • The term “binding domain” characterizes a domain which (specifically) binds to/interacts with/recognizes a given target epitope or a given target site on the target molecules (antigens). Binding domains are preferably in the form of polypeptides. Such polypeptides may include proteinaceous parts and non-proteinaceous parts (e.g. chemical linkers or chemical cross-linking agents such as glutaraldehyde). Proteins (including fragments thereof, preferably biologically active fragments, and peptides, usually having less than 30 amino acids) comprise two or more amino acids coupled to each other via a covalent peptide bond (resulting in a chain of amino acids). The term “polypeptide” as used herein describes a group of molecules, which usually consist of more than 30 amino acids. Polypeptides may further form multimers such as dimers, trimers and higher oligomers, i.e. consisting of more than one polypeptide molecule. Polypeptide molecules forming such dimers, trimers etc. may be identical or non-identical. The corresponding higher order structures of such multimers are, consequently, termed homo- or heterodimers, homo- or heterotrimers etc. An example for a heretero multimer is an antibody molecule, which, in its naturally occurring form, consists of two identical light polypeptide chains and two identical heavy polypeptide chains. The terms “peptide”, “polypeptide” and “protein” also refer to naturally modified peptides/polypeptides/proteins wherein the modification is effected e.g. by post-translational modifications like glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation and the like. A “peptide”, “polypeptide” or “protein” when referred to herein may also be chemically modified such as pegylated. Such modifications are well known in the art and described herein below.
  • The structure and function of the first binding domain, and preferably also the structure and/or function of the second binding domain is based on the structure and/or function of an antibody, e.g. of a full-length or whole immunoglobulin molecule. The first binding domain is characterized by the presence of three light chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the variable light (VL) region) and three heavy chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the variable heavy (VH) region). The second binding domain preferably also comprises the minimum structural requirements of an antibody which allow for the target binding. More preferably, the second binding domain comprises at least three light chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VL region) and/or three heavy chain CDRs (i.e. CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3 of the VH region).
  • As mentioned above, a binding domain may typically comprise an antibody light chain variable region (VL) and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH); however, it does not have to comprise both. Fd fragments, for example, have two VH regions and often retain some antigen-binding function of the intact antigen-binding domain. Examples of (modified) antigen-binding antibody fragments include (1) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment having the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (2) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment having two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (3) an Fd fragment having the two VH and CH1 domains; (4) an Fv fragment having the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (5) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which has a VH domain; (6) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR), and (7) a single chain Fv (scFv).
  • Variable Regions
  • The term “variable” refers to the portions of the antibody or immunoglobulin domains that exhibit variability in their sequence and that are involved in determining the specificity and binding affinity of a particular antibody (i.e., the “variable domain(s)”). The pairing of a variable heavy chain (VH) and a variable light chain (VL) together forms a single antigen-binding site. The CH domain most proximal to VH is designated as CH1. Each light (L) chain is linked to a heavy (H) chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the two H chains are linked to each other by one or more disulfide bonds depending on the H chain isotype.
  • Variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies; it is concentrated in sub-domains of each of the heavy and light chain variable regions. These sub-domains are called “hypervariable regions” or “complementarity determining regions” (CDRs). CDRs contain most of the residues responsible for specific interactions of the antibody with the antigen and hence contribute to the functional activity of an antibody molecule: they are the main determinants of antigen specificity.
  • The exact definitional CDR boundaries and lengths are subject to different classification and numbering systems. CDRs may therefore be referred to by Kabat, Chothia, contact or any other boundary definitions, including the numbering system described herein. Despite differing boundaries, each of these systems has some degree of overlap in what constitutes the so called “hypervariable regions” within the variable sequences. CDR definitions according to these systems may therefore differ in length and boundary areas with respect to the adjacent framework region. See for example Kabat (an approach based on cross-species sequence variability), Chothia (an approach based on crystallographic studies of antigen-antibody complexes), and/or MacCallum (Kabat et al., loc. cit.; Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol, 1987, 196: 901-917; and MacCallum et al., J. Mol. Biol, 1996, 262: 732). Still another standard for characterizing the antigen binding site is the AbM definition used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software. See, e.g., Protein Sequence and Structure Analysis of Antibody Variable Domains. In: Antibody Engineering Lab Manual (Ed.: Duebel, S. and Kontermann, R., Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg). To the extent that two residue identification techniques define regions of overlapping, but not identical regions, they can be combined to define a hybrid CDR. However, the numbering in accordance with the so-called Kabat system is preferred.
  • Typically, CDRs form a loop structure that can be classified as a canonical structure. The term “canonical structure” refers to the main chain conformation that is adopted by the antigen binding (CDR) loops. From comparative structural studies, it has been found that five of the six antigen binding loops have only a limited repertoire of available conformations. Each canonical structure can be characterized by the torsion angles of the polypeptide backbone. Correspondent loops between antibodies may, therefore, have very similar three dimensional structures, despite high amino acid sequence variability in most parts of the loops (Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 1987, 196: 901; Chothia et al., Nature, 1989, 342: 877; Martin and Thornton, J. Mol. Biol, 1996, 263: 800). Furthermore, there is a relationship between the adopted loop structure and the amino acid sequences surrounding it. The conformation of a particular canonical class is determined by the length of the loop and the amino acid residues residing at key positions within the loop, as well as within the conserved framework (i.e., outside of the loop). Assignment to a particular canonical class can therefore be made based on the presence of these key amino acid residues.
  • The term “canonical structure” may also include considerations as to the linear sequence of the antibody, for example, as catalogued by Kabat (Kabat et al., loc. cit.). The Kabat numbering scheme (system) is a widely adopted standard for numbering the amino acid residues of an antibody variable domain in a consistent manner and is the preferred scheme applied in the present invention as also mentioned elsewhere herein. Additional structural considerations can also be used to determine the canonical structure of an antibody. For example, those differences not fully reflected by Kabat numbering can be described by the numbering system of Chothia et al and/or revealed by other techniques, for example, crystallography and two- or three-dimensional computational modeling. Accordingly, a given antibody sequence may be placed into a canonical class which allows for, among other things, identifying appropriate chassis sequences (e.g., based on a desire to include a variety of canonical structures in a library). Kabat numbering of antibody amino acid sequences and structural considerations as described by Chothia et al., loc. cit. and their implications for construing canonical aspects of antibody structure, are described in the literature. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known in the art. For a review of the antibody structure, see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, eds. Harlow et al., 1988.
  • The CDR3 of the light chain and, particularly, the CDR3 of the heavy chain may constitute the most important determinants in antigen binding within the light and heavy chain variable regions. In some antibody constructs, the heavy chain CDR3 appears to constitute the major area of contact between the antigen and the antibody. In vitro selection schemes in which CDR3 alone is varied can be used to vary the binding properties of an antibody or determine which residues contribute to the binding of an antigen. Hence, CDR3 is typically the greatest source of molecular diversity within the antibody-binding site. H3, for example, can be as short as two amino acid residues or greater than 26 amino acids.
  • Framework and Constant Regions
  • The more conserved (i.e., non-hypervariable) portions of the variable domains are called the “framework” regions (FRM) and provide a scaffold for the six CDRs in three dimensional space to form an antigen-binding surface. The variable domains of naturally occurring heavy and light chains each comprise four FRM regions (FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4), largely adopting a β-sheet configuration, connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the β-sheet structure. The hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRM and, with the hypervariable regions from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site (see Kabat et al., loc. cit.). The constant domains are not directly involved in antigen binding, but exhibit various effector functions, such as, for example, antibody-dependent, cell-mediated cytotoxicity and complement activation.
  • Binding Specificity Bispecific Antibody Constructs
  • As explained previously, the antibody construct comprised within the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is particularly envisaged to be a bispecific single chain antibody construct. The term “bispecific” as used herein refers to an antibody construct which is “at least bispecific”, i.e., it comprises at least a first binding domain and a second binding domain, wherein the first binding domain binds to one antigen or target, and the second binding domain binds to another antigen or target. Accordingly, antibody constructs encompassed by the term comprise specificities for at least two different antigens or targets. The term “bispecific antibody construct” thus also encompasses multispecific antibody constructs such as trispecific antibody constructs, the latter ones including three binding domains, or constructs having more than three (e.g. four, five . . . ) specificities. Given that the antibody constructs are (at least) bispecific, they do not occur naturally and they are markedly different from naturally occurring products. A “bispecific” antibody construct is hence an artificial hybrid antibody or immunoglobulin having at least two distinct binding sites with different specificities. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods known in the art, e.g. by chemical conjugation of two different, purified monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) or antibody fragments or by fusing two hybridomas resulting in a quadroma cell line producing, among others, bispecific IgG molecules (see Kontermann and Brinkmann, Drug Discov Today. 2015 July; 20(7):838-47 for review).
  • Targets
  • As set out previously, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises a bispecific single chain antibody construct binding to a target cell surface antigen via a first binding domain and to the T Cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain.
  • The terms “(specifically) binds to”, (specifically) recognizes”, “is (specifically) directed to”, and “(specifically) reacts with” mean in accordance with this invention that a binding domain interacts or specifically interacts with one or more, preferably at least two, more preferably at least three and most preferably at least four amino acids of an epitope located on the target protein or antigen.
  • The term “epitope” refers to a site on an antigen to which a binding domain, such as an antibody or immunoglobulin or derivative or fragment of an antibody or of an immunoglobulin, specifically binds. An “epitope” is antigenic and thus the term epitope is sometimes also referred to herein as “antigenic structure” or “antigenic determinant”. Thus, the binding domain is an “antigen interaction site”. Said binding/interaction is also understood to define a “specific recognition”. “Epitopes” can be formed both by contiguous amino acids (linear epitope) or non-contiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein (conformational epitope. Linear epitopes typically includes at least 3 or at least 4, and more usually, at least 5 or at least 6 or at least 7, for example, about 8 to about 10 amino acids in a unique sequence. A conformational epitope typically comprises an increased number of amino acids relative to a linear epitope. Methods of determining the conformation of epitopes include, but are not limited to, x-ray crystallography, two-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance (2D-NMR) spectroscopy and site-directed spin labelling and electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectroscopy.
  • The interaction between the binding domain and the epitope or epitope cluster implies that a binding domain exhibits appreciable affinity for the epitope or epitope cluster on a particular protein or antigen and, generally, does not exhibit significant reactivity with non-target proteins or antigens. “Appreciable affinity” includes binding with an affinity of about 10−6 M (KD) or stronger. Preferably, binding is considered specific when the binding affinity is about 10−12 to 10−8 M, 10−12 to 10−9 M, 10−12 to 10−10 M, 10−11 to 10−8 M, preferably of about 10−11 to 10−9 M. Preferably, a binding domain of the invention does not essentially or substantially bind to proteins or antigens other than its target proteins or antigens (i.e., the first binding and second binding domain are not capable of binding to proteins other than their respective target protein).
  • The term “does not essentially/substantially bind” or “is not capable of binding” means that a binding domain of the present invention does not bind a protein or antigen other than its target protein or antigen, i.e., does not show reactivity of more than 30%, preferably not more than 20%, more preferably not more than 10%, particularly preferably not more than 9%, 8%, 7%, 6% or 5% with proteins or antigens other than its target protein or antigen, whereby binding to its respective target protein or antigen is set to be 100%.
  • As explained herein, the bispecific single chain antibody construct is envisaged to comprise a first binding domain capable of binding to a target cell surface antigen and a second binding domain capable of binding to the T Cell surface antigen CD3. The antibody construct, the binding domains and in particular the second binding domain (which binds to human CD3 on the surface of a T cell) is in particular envisaged to have the following format: The pairs of VH regions and VL regions are in the format of a single chain antibody (scFv). The VH and VL regions are arranged in the order VH-VL or VL-VH. It is preferred that the VH-region is positioned N-terminally to a linker sequence, and the VL-region is positioned C-terminally of the linker sequence.
  • The second binding domain of the antibody construct comprised within the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is capable of binding to the T Cell surface antigen CD3. T cells or T lymphocytes are a type of lymphocyte (itself a type of white blood cell) that play a central role in cell-mediated immunity. There are several subsets of T cells, each with a distinct function. T cells can be distinguished from other lymphocytes, such as B cells and NK cells, by the presence of a T cell receptor (TCR) on the cell surface. The TCR is responsible for recognizing antigens bound to major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules and is composed of two different protein chains. In 95% of the T cells, the TCR consists of an alpha (α) and beta (β) chain. When the TCR engages with antigenic peptide and MHC (peptide/MHC complex), the T lymphocyte is activated through a series of biochemical events mediated by associated enzymes, co-receptors, specialized adaptor molecules, and activated or released transcription factors
  • The CD3 receptor complex is a protein complex and is composed of four chains. In mammals, the complex contains a CD3γ (gamma) chain, a CD3δ (delta) chain, and two CD3ε (epsilon) chains. These chains associate with the T cell receptor (TCR) and the so-called ζ (zeta) chain to form the T cell receptor CD3 complex and to generate an activation signal in T lymphocytes. The CD3γ (gamma), CD3δ (delta), and CD3ε (epsilon) chains are highly related cell-surface proteins of the immunoglobulin superfamily containing a single extracellular immunoglobulin domain. The intracellular tails of the CD3 molecules contain a single conserved motif known as an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif or ITAM for short, which is essential for the signaling capacity of the TCR. The CD3 epsilon molecule is a polypeptide which in humans is encoded by the CD3E gene which resides on chromosome 11.
  • The second binding domain of the bispecific single chain antibody construct comprised within the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is capable of binding to a target cell surface antigen. Said target cell surface antigen may in general be any antigen that can be recognized by and bind to the second binding domain. The bispecific single chain antibody construct is envisaged to form a link between T cells and target cells by binding to both CD3 and the target cell surface antigen. The bispecific single chain antibody construct is thus thought to recruit T cells to target cells, and preferably to cause T cells to exert cytotoxic activity on target cells by producing pro-apoptotic proteins like perforin and granzymes, thereby causing target cell. The target cell will therefore typically be a cell intended as a target for T cell mediated cytotoxicity and, hence, cytolysis. For instance, the target cell may be a tumor cell such as a malignant blast cell. The target cell surface antigen may thus be selected from CD33, CD19, FAPalpha, MSLN, FLT3 or BCMA. CD33 is particularly envisaged as a target for the first binding domain of the bispecific single chain antibody construct of the invention.
  • Preferred bispecific single chain antibody constructs of the present invention include AMG 103 (comprising a first binding domain recognizing CD19), AMG 330 (comprising a first binding domain recognizing CD33) a CD33 specific HLE BiTE, a FLT3 specific HLE BiTE and a BCMA specific HLE BiTE as evaluated in the appended Examples.
  • Specifically, the amino acid sequence of the first binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct may be selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID 99, 109, 119, 128, 137,146, 155, 164, 173, 183, 185 and 187 and the amino acid sequence of the second binding domain of the bispecific single chain construct may be selected form the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63, 72, 81, 179 and 90.
  • Preferred bispecific single chain antibody constructs of the invention thus include constructs comprising or consisting of polypeptide having an amino acid sequence as depicted in a SEQ ID NO selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:175, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:177, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:188.
  • Peptide Linkers
  • The at least two binding domains and the variable domains of the antibody construct of the present invention may or may not comprise peptide linkers (spacer peptides). The term “peptide linker” defines in accordance with the present invention an amino acid sequence by which the amino acid sequences of one (variable and/or binding) domain and another (variable and/or binding) domain of the antibody construct of the invention are linked with each other. An essential technical feature of such peptide linker is that said peptide linker does not comprise any polymerization activity. Among the suitable peptide linkers are those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,751,180 and 4,935,233 or WO 88/09344.
  • In the event that a linker is used, this linker is preferably of a length and sequence sufficient to ensure that each of the first and second domains can, independently from one another, retain their differential binding specificities. For peptide linkers which connect the at least two binding domains in the antibody construct (or two variable domains), those peptide linkers may comprise only a few number of amino acid residues, e.g. 12 amino acid residues or less, such as 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 or 5 amino acid residues. An envisaged peptide linker with less than 5 amino acids comprises 4, 3, 2 or one amino acid(s) and may be Gly-rich, i.e. may consist of the single amino acid Gly. Other useful peptide linker are characterized by the amino acid sequence Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser (SEQ ID NO: 178), i.e. Gly4Ser, or polymers thereof, i.e. (Gly4Ser)x, where x is an integer of 1 or greater. Preferably, peptide linkers do not promote any secondary structures are preferred. Methods for preparing fused and operatively linked bispecific single chain constructs and expressing them in mammalian cells or bacteria are well-known in the art (e.g. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 2012).
  • Derivatives
  • The term “antibody construct” also encompasses derivatives. The term “derivative” generally refers to an antibody construct that has been covalently modified to introduce an additional functionality. Covalent modifications of the antibody constructs can be introduced post-translationally by reacting specific amino acid residues of the molecule with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues. Derivatization of antibody constructs can be used to attach therapeutic or diagnostic agents, labels, groups extending the serum half-life of the molecule, or insertion of non-natural amino acids. Commonly applied chemical modifications include the following:
  • Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with α-haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, α-bromo-β-(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N-alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p-chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole.
  • Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH 5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain. Para-bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is preferably performed in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0. Lysinyl and amino terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues. Other suitable reagents for derivatizing alpha-amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate; pyridoxal phosphate; pyridoxal; chloroborohydride; trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid; O-methylisourea; 2,4-pentanedione; and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high pKa of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.
  • The specific modification of tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane. Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively. Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 125I or 131I to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay, the chloramine T method described above being suitable.
  • Carboxyl side groups (aspartyl or glutamyl) are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R′—N═C═N—R′), where R and R′ are optionally different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide. Furthermore, aspartyl and glutamyl residues are converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.
  • Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking the antibody constructs of the present invention to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in a variety of methods. Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane. Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light. Alternatively, reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.
  • Other modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the α-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, 1983, pp. 79-86), acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group.
  • Glycosylation and De-Glycosylation
  • Another type of covalent modification of the antibody constructs included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the glycosylation pattern of the protein. As is known in the art, glycosylation patterns can depend on both the sequence of the protein (e.g., the presence or absence of particular glycosylation amino acid residues, discussed below), or the host cell or organism in which the protein is produced. Particular expression systems are discussed below.
  • Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tri-peptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tri-peptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the antibody construct is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tri-peptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the starting sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites). For ease, the amino acid sequence of an antibody construct is preferably altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the antibody construct is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the protein. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the protein in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- and O-linked glycosylation. Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine. These methods are described in WO 87/05330, and in Aplin and Wriston, 1981, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306.
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the starting antibody construct may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically. Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the protein to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin et al., 1987, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 and by Edge et al., 1981, Anal. Biochem. 118:131. Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., 1987, Meth. Enzymol. 138:350. Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al., 1982, J. Biol. Chem. 257:3105. Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
  • Non-Proteinaceous Polymers
  • Other modifications of the antibody construct are contemplated herein. For example, another type of covalent modification of the antibody construct comprises linking the antibody construct to various non-proteinaceous polymers, including, but not limited to, various polyols such as various polyols such as polyethylene glycol (PEGylation), polypropylene glycol, polyoxyalkylenes, or copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol, or of carbohydrates, such as hydroxyethyl starch (e.g., HESylation®) or polysialic acid (e.g., PolyXen® technology. In addition, as is known in the art, amino acid substitutions may be made in various positions within the antibody construct, e.g. in order to facilitate the addition of polymers such as PEG.
  • Labels
  • In some embodiments, the covalent modification of the antibody constructs of the invention comprises the addition of one or more labels. The labelling group may be coupled to the antibody construct via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Various methods for labelling proteins are known in the art and can be used in performing the present invention. The term “label” or “labelling group” refers to any detectable label. In general, labels fall into a variety of classes, depending on the assay in which they are to be detected—the following examples include, but are not limited to:
      • a) isotopic labels, which may be radioactive or heavy isotopes, such as radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3H, 14C 15N, 35S, 89Zr, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I)
      • b) magnetic labels (e.g., magnetic particles)
      • c) redox active moieties
      • d) optical dye (including, but not limited to, chromophores, phosphors and fluorophores) such as fluorescent groups (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), chemiluminescent groups, and fluorophores which can be either “small molecule” fluores or proteinaceous fluores
      • e) enzymatic groups (e.g. horseradish peroxidase, β-galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase)
      • f) biotinylated groups
      • g) predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags, etc.)
  • By “fluorescent label” is meant any molecule that may be detected via its inherent fluorescent properties. Suitable fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to, fluorescein, rhodamine, tetramethylrhodamine, eosin, erythrosin, coumarin, methyl-coumarins, pyrene, Malacite green, stilbene, Lucifer Yellow, Cascade BlueJ, Texas Red, IAEDANS, EDANS, BODIPY FL, LC Red 640, Cy 5, Cy 5.5, LC Red 705, Oregon green, the Alexa-Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 430, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660, Alexa Fluor 680), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow and R-phycoerythrin (PE) (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.), FITC, Rhodamine, and Texas Red (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.), Cy5, Cy5.5, Cy7 (Amersham Life Science, Pittsburgh, Pa.). Suitable optical dyes, including fluorophores, are described in Molecular Probes Handbook by Richard P. Haugland.
  • Suitable proteinaceous fluorescent labels also include, but are not limited to, green fluorescent protein, including a Renilla, Ptilosarcus, or Aequorea species of GFP (Chalfie et al., 1994, Science 263:802-805), EGFP (Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Genbank Accession Number U55762), blue fluorescent protein (BFP, Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc. 1801 de Maisonneuve Blvd. West, 8th Floor, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3H 1J9; Stauber, 1998, Biotechniques 24:462-471; Heim et al., 1996, Curr. Biol. 6:178-182), enhanced yellow fluorescent protein (EYFP, Clontech Laboratories, Inc.), luciferase (Ichiki et al., 1993, J. Immunol. 150:5408-5417), β galactosidase (Nolan et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:2603-2607) and Renilla (WO92/15673, WO95/07463, WO98/14605, WO98/26277, WO99/49019, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,292,658, 5,418,155, 5,683,888, 5,741,668, 5,777,079, 5,804,387, 5,874,304, 5,876,995, 5,925,558).
  • Leucine zipper domains are peptides that promote oligomerization of the proteins in which they are found. Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding proteins (Landschulz et al., 1988, Science 240:1759), and have since been found in a variety of different proteins. Among the known leucine zippers are naturally occurring peptides and derivatives thereof that dimerize or trimerize. Examples of leucine zipper domains suitable for producing soluble oligomeric proteins are described in PCT application WO 94/10308, and the leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD) described in Hoppe et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 344:191. The use of a modified leucine zipper that allows for stable trimerization of a heterologous protein fused thereto is described in Fanslow et al., 1994, Semin. Immunol. 6:267-78. In one approach, recombinant fusion proteins comprising CDH19 antibody fragment or derivative fused to a leucine zipper peptide are expressed in suitable host cells, and the soluble oligomeric CDH19 antibody fragments or derivatives that form are recovered from the culture supernatant.
  • The antibody construct may also comprise additional peptides or domains, which are e.g. helpful in the isolation of the molecule or relate to an adapted pharmacokinetic profile of the molecule. Domains helpful for the isolation of an antibody construct may be selected from peptide motives or secondarily introduced moieties, which can be captured in an isolation method, e.g. an isolation column. Non-limiting embodiments of such additional domains comprise peptide motives known as Myc-tag, HAT-tag, HA-tag, TAP-tag, GST-tag, chitin binding domain (CBD-tag), maltose binding protein (MBP-tag), Flag-tag, Strep-tag and variants thereof (e.g. StrepII-tag) and His-tag. His-tag domains are generally known as a repeat of consecutive His residues in the amino acid sequence of a molecule, preferably of six His residues. Domains or peptides useful for extending the serum half-life (i.e. the time where 50% of an administered drug are eliminated through biological processes, e.g. metabolism, excretion, etc.) of the antibody constructs include those capable of binding to other proteins with a preferred pharmacokinetic profile in the human body such as serum albumin (e.g. the AB156 peptide) or the constant region of immunoglobulins (Fc domains or variants thereof).
  • The bispecific single chain antibody construct is envisaged to be present in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention in a concentration of up to about 5 mg/mL, i.e. about 4.0 mg/mL, 3.0 mg/mL, 2.0 mg/mL, 1.0 mg/mL, 0.5 mg/mL, 0.25 mg/mL or 0.1 mg/mL. Preferably, the bispecific single chain antibody construct is present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration between 0.1 to 5 mg/mL, preferably of 0.2-2.5 mg/mL, more preferably of 0.25-1.0 mg/mL.
  • Cyclodextrins
  • Besides the bispecific single chain antibody construct and the buffer, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention further comprises a β-cyclodextrin. In general, the term “cyclodextrin” or “CD” refers to a cyclic oligosaccharides composed of at least 6 or more 1→4 linked α-D-glucopyranoside units. The unitary structure of the cyclodextrins is characterized by a hydrophobic cavity with ether groups inside and a polar exterior which is characterized by primary hydroxyl groups. Many cyclodextrins are known in the art, including 6-membered (α-cyclodextrins), 7-membered (β-cyclodextrins) and 8-membered (γ-cylodextrins) cyclodextrins. β-cyclodextrins comprising 7 α-D-glucopyranoside units are particularly preferred components of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, as they have been shown to be capable of effectively stabilizing the bispecific single chain antibody constructs under various stress conditions.
  • The term “cyclodextrin” (and in particular “β-cyclodextrin”) also encompasses chemically modified (β-)cyclodextrin derivatives. In general, any chemical modification is conceivable as long as it does not reduce or abolish the advantageous properties of the pharmaceutical composition as demonstrated in the appended examples, and in particular as long as the pharmaceutical compositions retains its stability. Chemically modified cyclodextrin derivatins typically result from etherification or the introduction of other functional groups at the 2-, 3- and 6-hydroxyl groups of the glucose residues. Thus, the term includes cyclodextrins comprising one or more substitutions of the hydroxyl groups, e.g. alkylated and hydroxyalkylated cyclodextrins.
  • For the purpose of the invention, the term “cyclodextrin” also includes pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) thereof. The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)”, as used herein, means those salts of cyclodextrins that are safe and effective for the administration. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc. Of course, any counterions used in pharmaceuticals must be considered safe, and several lists of pharmaceutically approved counterions exist, which vary depending on the source. Approved salt formers can e.g. be found in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts (Stahl P H, Wermuth C G, editors. 2002. Handbook of pharmaceutical salts: Properties, selection and use. Weinheim/Zurich: Wiley-VCH/VHCA.).
  • Thus, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is envisaged to comprise a β-cyclodextrin, particularly one selected from the group consisting of β-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, ethyl-β-cyclodextrin, butyl-β-cyclodextrin Succinyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-methyl)-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-benzoyl)-β-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin phosphate sodium salt, β-cyclodextrin sulphate sodium salt, triacetyl-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(6-O-sulfo)-β-cyclodextrin heptasodium salt, carboxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, and 6-O-β-toluenesulfonyl-β-cyclodextrin. In particular, the β-cyclodextrin may be sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin (“SBE-β-CD”) sodium salt, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin (“HP-β-CD”).
  • The β-cyclodextrin may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration in the range of 0.1% to 20% (w/v), preferably of 0.5% to 2% (w/v) and more preferably of 0.8% to 1.5% (w/v). It is in particular envisaged that the concentration of chemically unmodified β-cyclodextrin is about 1.8% (w/v) or less, such as about 1.6% (w/v), about 1.5% (w/v), about 1.4% (w/v), about 1.3% (w/v), about 1.2% (w/v), about 1.1% (w/v), about 1.0% (w/v), about 0.9% (w/v), about 0.8% (w/v), or less, down to a concentration of about 0.1% (w/v).
  • Buffer
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the invention further comprises a buffer, which may be selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, acetic acid/sodium acetate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid/sodium succinate, tartaric acid/sodium tartrate, histidine/histidine HCl, glycine, Tris, glutamate, acetate and mixtures thereof, and in particular from potassium phosphate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid, histidine, glutamate, acetate and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable buffer concentrations encompass concentrations of about 200 mM or less, such as about 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 or 5 mM. The skilled person will be readily able to adjust the buffer concentrations in order to provide for stability of the pharmaceutical composition as described herein. Envisaged buffer concentrations in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention specifically range from about 5 to about 200 mM, preferably from about 5 to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 10 to about 50 mM.
  • pH
  • The pharmaceutical composition according to the invention may have a pH in the range from about 4 to about 7.5, i.e. a pH of 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7 or 7.5. Preferably, the pH is in the range from about 5 to about 7.5, more preferably from about 5.5 to about 7.5.
  • Pharmaceutical Composition
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” relates to a composition which is suitable for administration to a subject in need thereof. The terms “subject” or “individual” or “animal” or “patient” are used interchangeably herein to refer to any subject, particularly a mammalian subject, for whom administration of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention is desired. Mammalian subjects include humans, non-human primates, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, rabbits, rats, mice, horses, cattle, cows, and the like, with humans being preferred. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is stable and pharmaceutically acceptable, i.e. capable of eliciting the desired therapeutic effect without causing any undesirable local or systemic effects in the subject to which the pharmaceutical composition is administered. Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the invention may in particular be sterile and/or pharmaceutically inert. Specifically, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” can mean approved by a regulatory agency or other generally recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises one or a plurality of the bispecific single chain antibody construct(s) described herein, preferably in a therapeutically effective amount, a β-cyclodextrin and a buffer. By “therapeutically effective amount” is meant an amount of said construct that elicits the desired therapeutic effect. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) and LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population). The dose ratio between therapeutic and toxic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, ED50/LD50. Pharmaceutical compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are generally preferred.
  • Excipients
  • Besides the β-cyclodextrin and the buffer described previously, the pharmaceutical composition may optionally comprise one or more further excipients as long as they do not reduce or abolish its advantageous properties as described herein, and in particular its stability.
  • Excipients can be used in the invention for a wide variety of purposes, such as adjusting physical, chemical, or biological properties of formulations, such as adjustment of viscosity, and or processes of the invention to further improve effectiveness and or to further stabilize such formulations and processes against degradation and spoilage due to, for instance, stresses that occur during manufacturing, shipping, storage, pre-use preparation, administration, and thereafter. The term “excipient” generally includes fillers, binders, disintegrants, coatings, sorbents, antiadherents, glidants, preservatives, antioxidants, flavoring, coloring, sweeting agents, solvents, co-solvents, buffering agents, chelating agents, viscosity imparting agents, surface active agents, diluents, humectants, carriers, diluents, preservatives, emulsifiers, stabilizers and tonicity modifiers.
  • Acceptable excipients are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable, i.e. nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed.
  • Exemplary excipients include, without limitation:
      • amino acids such as glycine, alanine, glutamine, asparagine, threonine, proline, 2-phenylalanine, including charged amino acids, preferably lysine, lysine acetate, arginine, glutamate and/or histidine
      • preservatives, including antimicrobials such as antibacterial and antifungal agents
      • antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, methionine, sodium sulfite or sodium hydrogen-sulfite;
      • buffers, buffer systems and buffering agents which are used to maintain the composition at physiological pH or at a slightly lower pH, typically within a pH range of from about 5 to about 8 or 9; examples of buffers are borate, bicarbonate, Tris-HCl, citrates, phosphates or other organic acids, succinate, phosphate, histidine and acetate; for example Tris buffer of about pH 7.0-8.5, or acetate buffer of about pH 4.0-5.5;
      • non-aqueous solvents such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate;
      • aqueous carriers including water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media;
      • biodegradable polymers such as polyesters;
      • bulking agents such as mannitol or glycine;
      • chelating agents such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA);
      • isotonic and absorption delaying agents;
      • complexing agents such as caffeine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, beta-cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin)
      • fillers;
      • monosaccharides; disaccharides; and other carbohydrates (such as glucose, mannose or dextrins); carbohydrates may be non-reducing sugars, preferably trehalose, sucrose, octasulfate, sorbitol or xylitol;
      • (low molecular weight) proteins, polypeptides or proteinaceous carriers such as human or bovine serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins, preferably of human origin;
      • coloring and flavouring agents;
      • sulfur containing reducing agents, such as glutathione, thioctic acid, sodium thioglycolate, thioglycerol, [alpha]-monothioglycerol, and sodium thio sulfate
      • diluting agents;
      • emulsifying agents;
      • hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone)
      • salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium;
      • preservatives such as antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, inert gases and the like; examples are: benzalkonium chloride, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, thimerosal, phenethyl alcohol, methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorhexidine, sorbic acid or hydrogen peroxide);
      • metal complexes such as Zn-protein complexes;
      • solvents and co-solvents (such as glycerin, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol);
      • sugars and sugar alcohols, including polyols, trehalose, sucrose, octasulfate, mannitol, sorbitol or xylitol stachyose, mannose, sorbose, xylose, ribose, myoinisitose, galactose, lactitol, ribitol, myoinisitol, galactitol, glycerol, cyclitols (e.g., inositol), polyethylene glycol; and polyhydric sugar alcohols;
      • suspending agents;
      • surfactants or wetting agents such as pluronics, PEG, sorbitan esters, polysorbates such as polysorbate 20, polysorbate, triton, tromethamine, lecithin, cholesterol, tyloxapal; surfactants may be detergents, preferably with a molecular weight of >1.2 KD and/or a polyether, preferably with a molecular weight of >3 KD; non-limiting examples for preferred detergents are Tween 20, Tween 40, Tween 60, Tween 80 and Tween 85; non-limiting examples for preferred polyethers are PEG 3000, PEG 3350, PEG 4000 and PEG 5000;
      • stability enhancing agents such as sucrose or sorbitol;
      • tonicity enhancing agents such as alkali metal halides, preferably sodium or potassium chloride, mannitol sorbitol;
      • parenteral delivery vehicles including sodium chloride solution, Ringers dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils;
      • intravenous delivery vehicles including fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose).
  • It is evident to those skilled in the art that the different excipients of the pharmaceutical composition (e.g., those listed above) can have different effects, for example, and amino acid can act as a buffer, a stabilizer and/or an antioxidant; mannitol can act as a bulking agent and/or a tonicity enhancing agent; sodium chloride can act as delivery vehicle and/or tonicity enhancing agent; etc.
  • Polyols are useful stabilizing agents in both liquid and lyophilized formulations to protect proteins from physical and chemical degradation processes, and are also useful for adjusting the tonicity of formulations. Polyols include sugars, e.g., mannitol, sucrose, and sorbitol and polyhydric alcohols such as, for instance, glycerol and propylene glycol, and, for purposes of discussion herein, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and related substances. Mannitol is commonly used to ensure structural stability of the cake in lyophilized formulations. It ensures structural stability to the cake. It is generally used with a lyoprotectant, e.g., sucrose. Sorbitol and sucrose are commonly used agents for adjusting tonicity and as stabilizers to protect against freeze-thaw stresses during transport or the preparation of bulks during the manufacturing process. PEG is useful to stabilize proteins and as a cryoprotectant.
  • Surfactants routinely are used to prevent, minimize, or reduce surface adsorption. Protein molecules may be susceptible to adsorption on surfaces and to denaturation and consequent aggregation at air-liquid, solid-liquid, and liquid-liquid interfaces. These effects generally scale inversely with protein concentration. These deleterious interactions generally scale inversely with protein concentration and typically are exacerbated by physical agitation, such as that generated during the shipping and handling of a product. Commonly used surfactants include polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, other fatty acid esters of sorbitan polyethoxylates, and poloxamer 188. Surfactants also are commonly used to control protein conformational stability. The use of surfactants in this regard is protein-specific since, any given surfactant typically will stabilize some proteins and destabilize others.
  • Polysorbates are susceptible to oxidative degradation and often, as supplied, contain sufficient quantities of peroxides to cause oxidation of protein residue side-chains, especially methionine. Consequently, polysorbates should be used carefully, and when used, should be employed at their lowest effective concentration.
  • Antioxidants can—to some extent—prevent deleterious oxidation of proteins in pharmaceutical formulations by maintaining proper levels of ambient oxygen and temperature and by avoiding exposure to light. Antioxidant excipients can be used as well to prevent oxidative degradation of proteins. Among useful antioxidants in this regard are reducing agents, oxygen/free-radical scavengers, and chelating agents. Antioxidants for use in therapeutic protein formulations are preferably water-soluble and maintain their activity throughout the shelf life of a product. EDTA is a useful example.
  • Metal ions can act as protein co-factors and enable the formation of protein coordination complexes. Metal ions also can inhibit some processes that degrade proteins. However, metal ions also catalyze physical and chemical processes that degrade proteins. Magnesium ions (10-120 mM) can be used to inhibit isomerization of aspartic acid to isoaspartic acid. Ca+2 ions (up to 100 mM) can increase the stability of human deoxyribonuclease. Mg+2, Mn+2, and Zn+2, however, can destabilize rhDNase. Similarly, Ca+2 and Sr+2 can stabilize Factor VIII, it can be destabilized by Mg+2, Mn+2 and Zn+2, Cu+2 and Fe+2, and its aggregation can be increased by Al+3 ions.
  • Preservatives have the primary function to inhibit microbial growth and ensure product sterility throughout the shelf-life or term of use of the drug product, and are in particular needed for multi-dose formulations. Commonly used preservatives include benzyl alcohol, phenol and m-cresol. Although preservatives have a long history of use with small-molecule parenterals, the development of protein formulations that includes preservatives can be challenging. Preservatives almost always have a destabilizing effect (aggregation) on proteins, and this has become a major factor in limiting their use in protein formulations. To date, most protein drugs have been formulated for single-use only. However, when multi-dose formulations are possible, they have the added advantage of enabling patient convenience, and increased marketability. A good example is that of human growth hormone (hGH) where the development of preserved formulations has led to commercialization of more convenient, multi-use injection pen presentations.
  • As might be expected, development of liquid formulations containing preservatives are more challenging than lyophilized formulations. Freeze-dried products can be lyophilized without the preservative and reconstituted with a preservative containing diluent at the time of use. This shortens the time for which a preservative is in contact with the protein, significantly minimizing the associated stability risks. With liquid formulations, preservative effectiveness and stability should be maintained over the entire product shelf-life (about 18 to 24 months). An important point to note is that preservative effectiveness should be demonstrated in the final formulation containing the active drug and all excipient components.
  • Salts may be used in accordance with the invention to, for example, adjust the ionic strength and/or the isotonicity of the pharmaceutical formulation and/or to further improve the solubility and/or physical stability of the antibody construct or other ingredient. As is well known, ions can stabilize the native state of proteins by binding to charged residues on the protein's surface and by shielding charged and polar groups in the protein and reducing the strength of their electrostatic interactions, attractive, and repulsive interactions. Ions also can stabilize the denatured state of a protein by binding to, in particular, the denatured peptide linkages (—CONH) of the protein. Furthermore, ionic interaction with charged and polar groups in a protein also can reduce intermolecular electrostatic interactions and, thereby, prevent or reduce protein aggregation and insolubility. Ionic species differ in their effects on proteins. A number of categorical rankings of ions and their effects on proteins have been developed that can be used in formulating pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with the invention. One example is the Hofmeister series, which ranks ionic and polar non-ionic solutes by their effect on the conformational stability of proteins in solution. Stabilizing solutes are referred to as “kosmotropic.” Destabilizing solutes are referred to as “chaotropic.” Kosmotropes commonly are used at high concentrations (e.g., >1 molar ammonium sulfate) to precipitate proteins from solution (“salting-out”). Chaotropes commonly are used to denture and/or to solubilize proteins (“salting-in”). The relative effectiveness of ions to “salt-in” and “salt-out” defines their position in the Hofmeister series.
  • Free amino acids can be used in the pharmaceutical composition as bulking agents, stabilizers, and antioxidants, as well as other standard uses. Lysine, proline, serine, and alanine can be used for stabilizing proteins in a formulation. Glycine is useful in lyophilization to ensure correct cake structure and properties. Arginine may be useful to inhibit protein aggregation, in both liquid and lyophilized formulations. Methionine is useful as an antioxidant.
  • Particularly useful excipients for formulating the pharmaceutical composition include sucrose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, arginine, lysine, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poloxamer 188, pluronic and combinations thereof. Said excipients may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in different concentrations, as long as the composition exhibits the desirable properties as exemplified herein, and in particular promotes stabilization of the contained bispecific single chain antibody constructs. For instance, sucrose may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration between 2% (w/v) and 12% (w/v), i.e. in a concentration of 12% (w/v), 11% (w/v), 10% (w/v), 9% (w/v), 8% (w/v), 7% (w/v), 6% (w/v), 5% (w/v), 4% (w/v), 3% (w/v) or 2% (w/v). Preferred sucrose concentrations range between 4% (w/v) and 10% (w/v) and more preferably between 6% (w/v) and 10% (w/v). Polysorbate 80 may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a concentration between 0.001% (w/v) and 0.5% (w/v), i.e. in a concentration of 0.5% (w/v), 0.2% (w/v), 0.1% (w/v), 0.08% (w/v), 0.05% (w/v), 0.02% (w/v), 0.01% (w/v), 0.008% (w/v), 0.005% (w/v), 0.002% (w/v) or 0.001% (w/v). Preferred Polysorbate 80 concentrations range between 0.002% (w/v) and 0.5% (w/v), and preferably between 0.005% (w/v) and 0.02% (w/v).
  • The pharmaceutical composition provided herein may in particular comprise one or more preservatives.
  • Useful preservatives for formulating pharmaceutical compositions generally include antimicrobials (e.g. anti-bacterial or anti-fungal agents), anti-oxidants, chelating agents, inert gases and the like; examples are: benzalkonium chloride, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, thimerosal, phenethyl alcohol, methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorhexidine, sorbic acid or hydrogen peroxide). Antimicrobial preservatives are substances which are used to extend the shelf-life of medicines by reducing microbial proliferation. Preservatives that particularly useful for formulating the pharmaceutical composition of the invention include benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, phenol, meta-cresol, methylparaben, phenoxyethanol, propylparaben thiomerosal. The structure and typical concentration for the use of these preservatives are described in Table 1 of Meyer et al. J Pharm Sci. 96(12), 3155.
  • The aforementioned preservatives may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in different concentrations. For instance, benzyl alcohol may be present in a concentration ranging between 0.2 and 1.1% (v/v), chlorobutanol in a concentration ranging between 0.3-0.5% (v/v), phenol in a concentration ranging between 0.07 and 0.5% (v/v), meta-cresol in a concentration ranging between 0.17 and 0-32% (v/v) or thiomerosal in a concentration ranging between 0.003 to 0.01% (v/v). Preferred concentrations for methylparaben are in the range of 0.05 and 0.5% (v/v), for phenoxyethanol in the range of 0.1 and 3% (v/v) and for propylparaben in the range of 0.05 and 0.5% (v/v).
  • However, it is also conceivable that the pharmaceutical composition does not comprise any preservatives. In particular, the present invention inter alia provides a pharmaceutical composition being free of preservatives, comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct having an amino acid sequence as depicted in SEQ ID Nos. 100 and 110 in a concentration of about 0.5 mg/ml, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt in a concentration of about 1% (w/v), and potassium phosphate in concentration of about 10 mM, and further sucrose in concentration of about 8% (w/v) of and polysorbate 80 in concentration of about 0.01% (w/v) at a pH of about 6.0.
  • Form
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be formulated in various forms, e.g. in solid, liquid, frozen, gaseous or lyophilized form and may be, inter alia, in the form of an ointment, a cream, transdermal patches, a gel, powder, a tablet, solution, an aerosol, granules, pills, suspensions, emulsions, capsules, syrups, liquids, elixirs, extracts, tincture or fluid extracts.
  • Generally, various storage and/or dosage forms are conceivable for the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, depending, i.a., on the intended route of administration, delivery format and desired dosage (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 22nd edition, Oslo, A., Ed., (2012)). The skilled person will be aware that such choice of a particular dosage form may for example influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release and rate of in vivo clearance of the antibody construct of the invention.
  • For instance, the primary vehicle or carrier in a pharmaceutical composition may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature. A suitable vehicle or carrier may be water for injection, physiological saline solution or artificial cerebrospinal fluid, possibly supplemented with other materials common in compositions for parenteral administration. Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with serum albumin are further exemplary vehicles.
  • When parenteral administration is contemplated, the therapeutic compositions of the invention may be provided in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution comprising the desired antibody construct in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. A particularly suitable vehicle for parenteral injection is sterile distilled water in which the antibody construct is formulated as a sterile, isotonic solution, properly preserved. The preparation can involve the formulation of the desired molecule with an agent, such as injectable microspheres, bio-erodible particles, polymeric compounds (such as polylactic acid or polyglycolic acid), beads or liposomes, that may provide controlled or sustained release of the product which can be delivered via depot injection. Hyaluronic acid may also be used, having the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation. Implantable drug delivery devices may be used to introduce the desired antibody construct.
  • Sustained- or controlled-delivery/release formulations are also envisaged herein. Techniques for formulating a variety of other sustained- or controlled-delivery means, such as liposome carriers, bio-erodible microparticles or porous beads and depot injections, are also known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, International Patent Application No. PCT/US93/00829, which describes controlled release of porous polymeric microparticles for delivery of pharmaceutical compositions. Sustained-release preparations may include semipermeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Sustained release matrices may include polyesters, hydrogels, polylactides (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919 and European Patent Application Publication No. EP 058481), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman et al., 1983, Biopolymers 2:547-556), poly (2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate) (Langer et al., 1981, J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15:167-277 and Langer, 1982, Chem. Tech. 12:98-105), ethylene vinyl acetate (Langer et al., 1981, supra) or poly-D(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid (European Patent Application Publication No. EP 133,988). Sustained release compositions may also include liposomes that can be prepared by any of several methods known in the art. See, e.g., Eppstein et al., 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:3688-3692; European Patent Application Publication Nos. EP 036,676; EP 088,046 and EP 143,949. The antibody construct may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatine-microcapsules and poly (methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 22nd edition, Oslo, A., Ed., (2012).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions used for in vivo administration are typically provided as sterile preparations. Sterilization can be accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes. When the composition is lyophilized, sterilization using this method may be conducted either prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution. Compositions for parenteral administration can be stored in lyophilized form or in a solution. Parenteral compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • The antibody constructs disclosed herein may also be formulated as immuno-liposomes. A “liposome” is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes. Liposomes containing the antibody construct are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82: 3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4030 (1980); U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545; and WO 97/38731. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter. Fab′ fragments of the antibody construct of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al. J. Biol. Chem. 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide interchange reaction. A chemotherapeutic agent is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al. J. National Cancer Inst. 81 (19) 1484 (1989).
  • Further Active Agents
  • It is envisaged that the composition of the invention might comprise, in addition to the bispecific single chained antibody construct defined herein, further biologically active agents, depending on the intended use of the composition. Such agents might be in particular drugs acting on tumors and/or malignant cells, but other active agents are also conceivable depending on the intended use of the pharmaceutical composition, including agents acting on the gastro-intestinal system, drugs inhibiting immunoreactions (e.g. corticosteroids), drugs modulating the inflammatory response, drugs acting on the circulatory system and/or agents such as cytokines known in the art. It is also envisaged that the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is applied in a co-therapy, i.e., in combination with another anti-cancer medicament.
  • Storage
  • Once the pharmaceutical composition has been formulated, it may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, crystal, or as a dehydrated or lyophilized powder. Such formulations may be stored either in a ready-to-use form or in a form (e.g., lyophilized) that is reconstituted prior to administration. E.g., lyophilized compositions may be reconstituted in, e.g., bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), physiological saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), or the same formulation the protein had been in prior to lyophilization.
  • Route of Administration
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may in general be formulated for delivery by any suitable route of administration. In the context of the present invention, the routes of administration include, but are not limited to topical routes (such as epicutaneous, inhalational, nasal, opthalmic, auricular/aural, vaginal, mucosal); enteral routes (such as oral, gastrointestinal, sublingual, sublabial, buccal, rectal); and parenteral routes (such as intravenous, intraarterial, intraosseous, intramuscular, intracerebral, intracerebroventricular, epidural, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, extra-amniotic, intraarticular, intracardiac, intradermal, intralesional, intrauterine, intravesical, intravitreal, transdermal, intranasal, transmucosal, intrasynovial, intraluminal).
  • The pharmaceutical compositions described herein are particularly useful for parenteral administration, e.g., subcutaneous or intravenous delivery, for example by injection such as bolus injection, or by infusion such as continuous infusion. Pharmaceutical compositions may be administered using a medical device. Examples of medical devices for administering pharmaceutical compositions are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,475,196; 4,439,196; 4,447,224; 4,447, 233; 4,486,194; 4,487,603; 4,596,556; 4,790,824; 4,941,880; 5,064,413; 5,312,335; 5,312,335; 5,383,851; and 5,399,163.
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the invention can also be administered uninterruptedly. As a non-limiting example, uninterrupted or substantially uninterrupted, i.e. continuous administration may be realized by a small pump system worn by the patient for metering the influx of the antibody construct into the body of the patient. The pharmaceutical composition can be administered by using said pump systems. Such pump systems are generally known in the art, and commonly rely on periodic exchange of cartridges containing the therapeutic agent to be infused. When exchanging the cartridge in such a pump system, a temporary interruption of the otherwise uninterrupted flow of therapeutic agent into the body of the patient may ensue. In such a case, the phase of administration prior to cartridge replacement and the phase of administration following cartridge replacement would still be considered within the meaning of the pharmaceutical means and methods of the invention together make up one “uninterrupted administration” of such therapeutic agent.
  • The continuous or uninterrupted administration of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be intravenous or subcutaneous by way of a fluid delivery device or small pump system including a fluid driving mechanism for driving fluid out of a reservoir and an actuating mechanism for actuating the driving mechanism. Pump systems for subcutaneous administration may include a needle or a cannula for penetrating the skin of a patient and delivering the suitable composition into the patient's body. Said pump systems may be directly fixed or attached to the skin of the patient independently of a vein, artery or blood vessel, thereby allowing a direct contact between the pump system and the skin of the patient. The pump system can be attached to the skin of the patient for 24 hours up to several days. The pump system may be of small size with a reservoir for small volumes. As a non-limiting example, the volume of the reservoir for the suitable pharmaceutical composition to be administered can be between 0.1 and 50 ml.
  • Continuous administration may also be achieved transdermally by way of a patch worn on the skin and replaced at intervals. One of skill in the art is aware of patch systems for drug delivery suitable for this purpose. It is of note that transdermal administration is especially amenable to uninterrupted administration, as exchange of a first exhausted patch can advantageously be accomplished simultaneously with the placement of a new, second patch, for example on the surface of the skin immediately adjacent to the first exhausted patch and immediately prior to removal of the first exhausted patch. Issues of flow interruption or power cell failure do not arise.
  • The skilled person will readily understand that the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may in general comprise any of the aforementioned excipients, or additional active agents, or may be provided in any suitable form as long as it is stable and preferably exhibits the same advantageous properties as the pharmaceutical compositions comprising β-cyclodextrins that have been evaluated in the appended Examples. The skilled person will readily be able to adjust the various components so as to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is stable, i.e. is preferably substantially free from aggregates and/or conformers of the bispecific single chain antibody fragments comprised within.
  • It must be noted that as used herein, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the”, include plural references unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a reagent” includes one or more of such different reagents and reference to “the method” includes reference to equivalent steps and methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art that could be modified or substituted for the methods described herein.
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the term “at least” preceding a series of elements is to be understood to refer to every element in the series. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the present invention.
  • The term “and/or” wherever used herein includes the meaning of “and”, “or” and “all or any other combination of the elements connected by said term”.
  • The term “about” or “approximately” as used herein means within 20%, preferably within 10%, and more preferably within 5% of a given value or range. It includes, however, also the concrete number, e.g., about 20 includes 20.
  • The term “less than” or “greater than” includes the concrete number. For example, less than 20 means less than or equal to. Similarly, more than or greater than means more than or equal to, or greater than or equal to, respectively.
  • Throughout this specification and the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word “comprise”, and variations such as “comprises” and “comprising”, will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integer or step. When used herein the term “comprising” can be substituted with the term “containing” or “including” or sometimes when used herein with the term “having”.
  • When used herein “consisting of” excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified in the claim element. When used herein, “consisting essentially of” does not exclude materials or steps that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristics of the claim.
  • In each instance herein any of the terms “comprising”, “consisting essentially of” and “consisting of” may be replaced with either of the other two terms.
  • It should be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, material, reagents, and substances, etc., described herein and as such can vary. The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention, which is defined solely by the claims.
  • All publications and patents cited throughout the text of this specification (including all patents, patent applications, scientific publications, manufacturer's specifications, instructions, etc.), whether supra or infra, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. To the extent the material incorporated by reference contradicts or is inconsistent with this specification, the specification will supersede any such material.
  • A better understanding of the present invention and of its advantages will be obtained from the following examples, offered for illustrative purposes only. The examples are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1: Effect of Temperature-Induced Stress on Formulations Comprising AMG330 and HP-β-CD
  • AMG 330 protein pool (SEQ ID NO: 100) derived from hydroxyapatite chromatography was dialyzed into a formulation base buffer composed of 100 mM tris base, 50 mM disodium hydrogen phosphate, 4% (w/v) trehalose dihydrate at pH 5.2. The endpoint of dialysis was verified by osmolality measurements. The dialyzed bulk was concentrated by ultrafiltration and centrifugation to a concentration of 0.96 mg/mL and sterile filtered by means of a 0.2 μm PVDF filter. The preformulated bulk was divided into three equally sized volume fractions. These were adjusted to pH 5.2, 5.6 and 6.0 respectively using 5M sodium hydroxide and again filtered with a 0.2 μm PVDF filter. After pH adjustment preformulated bulks were spiked with the required volumes of stock solutions containing either 1% (w/V) polysorbate 20, 1% (w/V) polysorbate 80 or 4% (w/V) HP-β-CD. The concentrations of polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80 and HP-β-CD in the final formulations are shown in FIG. 1 . The concentration of each formulation was adjusted to 0.4 mg/mL using base buffer composed as described above. All excipients were applied in compendial grade. The final formulations were filled to 150 μL in polypropylene reaction tubes and incubated in a controlled cabinet at 30° C. for 72 hours. The content of conformer and high molecular weight species (HMWS) was determined with size exclusion ultra high performance liquid chromatography (SE-UPLC). SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C. Separation of size variants was achieved by applying an isocratic method with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min. The mobile phase was composed of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM NaCl pH 6.8. The run time totals 6.0 minutes. Samples were held at 8° C. within the autosampler until analysis. The injection volume was 7.5 μL. In order to avoid carry over an intermediate injection with 40% ACN was performed after each sample. Detection was based on fluorescence (Ex 280 nm, Em 325 nm). Peak integration was performed using Empower® software. Relative AUC of monomer and size variants was reported. It could be shown that the formation of non-monomeric protein species (including conformers and high molecular weight species) during thermal stress (30° C.) can be inhibited in presence of HP-β-CD (FIG. 1 ). In contrast formulations containing polysorbate 20 or 80 exhibited formation of non-monomeric species over time.
  • Example 2: Effect of Surface-Induced Stress on Formulations Comprising AMG330 and HP-β-CD
  • A further experiment was performed in order to assess whether HP-β-CD stabilizes AMG 330 against surface induced stress conditions. AMG 330 drug substance formulated in 35 mM tris hydrochloride, 17.5 mM sodium phosphate hydrogenphosphate, 100 mM L-arginine hydrochloride and 1.4% (w/V) trehalose dihydrate, pH 6.0 was supplemented with either polysorbate 20, 80 or HP-β-CD at different concentrations depicted in FIGS. 2A-2C (x-axis). All excipients were applied in compendial grade. Formulations were filled to 1.0 mL in prewashed and presterilized type I glass vials. Vials were stoppered with sterilized butyl rubber stoppers and were sealed with aluminum caps. Formulations were stressed by (1) ten consecutive freeze/thaw cycles and (2) foaming. Freezing and thawing was performed in an Epsilon 2-6D pilot scale lyophilizer (Christ, Germany). Target temperatures for freezing and thawing were set to −50° C. and 20° C. respectively. Freezing and thawing rates of 0.3 K/min. were used. Each temperature was followed by a 1 hour isothermal plateau. Foaming was achieved by injecting nitrogen into the respective solution over 1 hour at 80 mL per minute using a 21G injection needle. The vial was vented using a second injection needle equipped with sterile filter. Samples stored at −70° C. were used as non-stressed controls. Samples were analyzed by SE-UPLC and visible inspection according Deutscher Arzneimittel Codex (DAC) test 5. SE-UPLC was performed as described under Example 1. For the assessment of protein concentration detection was additionally performed via absorption at 280 nm. In the unstressed control samples it became evident that non-monomeric species including conformer, dimers and aggregates are more abundant in formulations containing polysorbate 20 or 80 if compared to formulations with HP-β-CD. When stressed by foaming and freeze/thaw, non-monomeric species increased in formulations containing polysorbates (FIGS. 2A-2C). The use of HP-β-CD reduced the formation of non-monomeric species. In absence of any surfactant, protein losses greater than 80% were observed whereas the use of polysorbate and HP-β-CD resulted in quantitative protein recovery. In contrast to surfactant free formulations, HP-β-CD containing formulations were practically free of protein aggregates in the visible size range (Table 1).
  • TABLE 1
    Assessment of visible particles according to PhEur 2.9.20.
    Inspection result ratings assigned according to Deutscher
    Arzneimittel Codex (DAC) test 5.
    % Inspection Fulfillment of compendial requirement
    Treatment HP-β-CD Result (DAC test 5)1
    unstressed 0.1 4 yes
    unstressed 0.5 0 yes
    unstressed 1 1 yes
    unstressed 2 3 yes
    unstressed without 22 no
    10 x F/T 0.1 4 yes
    10 x F/T 0.5 2 yes
    10 x F/T 1 2 yes
    10 x F/T 2 4 yes
    10 x F/T without 30 no
    Foaming 0.1 6 no
    Foaming 0.5 2 yes
    Foaming 1 4 yes
    Foaming 2 3 yes
    Foaming without 30 no
    1Compendial requirement according to Deutscher Arzneimittel Codex (DAC) test 5: inspection result < 4.5
  • Example 3: Effect of Benzyl Alcohol on Formulations Comprising AMG103 and HP-β-CD or SBE-β-CD
  • The impact of HP-β-CD and SBE-β-CD on the stability of BiTE® antibody constructs in presence of benzyl alcohol was investigated in formulations containing 0.6 mg/mL AMG 103 (blinatumomab). Therefore AMG 103 was formulated in 20 mM histidine, 2% (w/v) trehalose dihydrate, 0.9% (w/v) sodium chloride at pH 7.0. This formulation was supplemented with different concentrations of either HP-β-CD (0.5 and 1.0% w/V) or SBE-β-CD (0.5, 1.0 and 2.0% w/V). A cyclodextrin free formulation served as control. The AMG 103 concentration in all formulations was adjusted to 0.6 mg/mL. All excipients were applied in compendial grade. All formulations were spiked with 0.9% (V/V) benzyl alcohol and filled to 0.5 mL in polypropylene reaction tubes. Incubation was performed at 37° C. for 24 hours. Samples were analyzed by UV absorption to determine the optical density at 350 nm as a measure for protein aggregation and by intrinsic fluorescence emission intensity measurement in order to detect potential conformational changes. UV absorption was performed on an Infinite M1000 plate reader (Tecan) using transparent half area 96 well plates (Corning). Each well was filled with 100 μL of sample solution. Sample measurements were performed in triplicates. UV absorption was recorded at 350 nm. Intrinsic fluorescence emission intensities were analyzed in the same plate from the bottom. Excitation was realized at 278 nm. Emission intensity was recorded from 300 to 500 nm using 1 nm increments. Excitation and emission slits were set to 10 and 5 nm respectively. During both UV and fluorescence measurements the plate was temperature controlled (25° C.).
  • Optical densities (OD) at 350 nm indicated a reduced aggregation propensity of AMG 103 in presence of HP-β-CD or SBE-β-CD. The effect was more pronounced with increasing cyclodextrin concentrations (FIG. 3 ). The aggregation of AMG 103 in presence of benzyl alcohol translates into a change of the local environment tryptophan residues demonstrated by intrinsic fluorescence. These changes were minimized with increasing concentrations of the different β-CDs (FIG. 4 ).
  • Example 4: Effect of Benzyl Alcohol on Formulations Comprising Different Concentrations of AMG103 and β-CD
  • The effect of increased concentrations of HP-β-CD and SBE-β-CD on the aggregation propensity of AMG 103 (blinatumomab) was addressed by a 2-level 4-factor full factorial experimental design. AMG 103 was formulated as described under Example 2. However its concentration was varied between 0.2 and 0.6 mg/mL (Table 2).
  • TABLE 2
    2-level, 4-factor full factorial experimental design to assess the effect
    of SBE-β-CD and HP-β-CD on the aggregation
    propensity of AMG 103 in presence of benzyl alcohol
    β-CD AMG 103 Benzyl alcohol
    β-CD concentration concentration concentration
    type % w/V mg/mL % V/V
    HP-β-CD 0.2 0.2 0.5
    0.9
    0.6 0.5
    0.9
    0.6 0.2 0.5
    0.9
    0.6 0.5
    0.9
    SBE-β-CD 0.2 0.2 0.5
    0.9
    0.6 0.5
    0.9
    0.6 0.2 0.5
    0.9
    0.6 0.5
    0.9
  • All samples were incubated directly in a transparent half area 96 well plates (Corning) at 37° C. for 96 hours. The plate was covered with an adhesive foil to avoid evaporation losses. Again optical densities at 350 nm were taken as a measure for aggregation of AMG 103 (see Example 3). Analytical data were evaluated via analysis of variance (ANOVA) using Statistica® software. The normal distribution of measured values was graphically verified by plotting expected normal values against raw residuals. Predictive models (FIGS. 5A-5B) were generated by Statistica® based on regression of analytical data. Thereby, pure factor effects as well as linear interactions between factors were taken into account. At given concentrations of AMG 103 and benzyl alcohol, aggregation of AMG 103 could be reduced with increasing contents of either HP-β-CD or SBE-β-CD (FIGS. 5A-5B).
  • Example 5: Effect of Storage-Induced Stress on Formulations Comprising Bispecific Antibody Constructs and β-CD
  • Preformulated drug substance containing approximately 1 mg/mL CD33_2-hALB in 20 mM potassium phosphate, 150 mM L-arginine hydrochloride and 6% (w/V) trehalose dihydrate at pH 6.0 was dialyzed in 20 mM citric acid, 6% (w/V) sucrose at pH 5.0 and in 20 mM potassium phosphate, 6% (w/V) sucrose at pH 6.0 respectively. The dialysis endpoint was determined via osmolality measurements. Dialysis was performed using Slide A Lyzer® devices. After dialysis the citrate buffered material was directly concentrated above 7 mg/mL with VivaSpin® units. Centrifugation was performed at approximately 2000 g for 5 min. at 2 to 8° C. The potassium phosphate buffered material was treated likewise. However the material was divided into two equally sized volume fractions prior to the centrifugation step. One fraction was adjusted to pH 7.0. The pH of the second fraction was maintained at pH 6.0. After sterile filtration through a 0.2 μm PVDF filter, the concentrates were finally formulated by adding stock solutions of polysorbate 80 and SBE-β-CD where applicable. The CD33_2-hALB target concentration was 5.0 mg/mL. The finally formulated bulks were filled into prewashed and presterilized type I glass vials. Vials were stoppered with sterilized butyl rubber stoppers and were sealed with aluminum caps. The fill volume totaled 1.0 mL. An overview on formulations is provided by Table 3. The vials were stored for six days in a temperature controlled cabinet at 37° C. High molecular weight species were quantified by SE-UPLC using the method described under Example 1. The injected amount of protein totaled 3 μg.
  • TABLE 3
    Overview on CD33_2-hALB formulations
    ID Citric acid Potassium phosphate Sucrose SBE-β-CD Polysorbate 80 pH
    C50SuT
    20 mM 6% w/V 0.01% w/V 5.0
    C50SBESuT 20 mM 6% w/V 1% w/V 0.01% w/V 5.0
    K60SuT 20 mM 6% w/V 0.01% w/V 6.0
    K60SBESuT 20 mM 6% w/V 1% w/V 0.01% w/V 6.0
    K70SuT 20 mM 6% w/V 0.01% w/V 7.0
    K70SBESuT 20 mM 6% w/V 1% w/V 0.01% w/V 7.0
  • Formulations containing SBE-β-CD (F2, F4, F6) showed lower amounts of high molecular weight species (HMWS) after incubation if compared to cyclodextrin free preparations. The effect was more pronounced at pH 6 and 7 than at pH 5 (FIG. 6 ).
  • Example 6: Effect of Ultrafiltration and Diafiltration on Formulations Comprising Bispecific Antibody Constructs and β-CD
  • Purified MSLN-hALB (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 176) was concentrated stepwise by ultrafiltration (UF). First a seven fold concentration was performed using a cassette equipped with a regenerated cellulose membrane and surface of 0.11 m2. A further seven fold concentration was carried out with a smaller membrane with a surface of 50 cm2. Both membranes had a molecular weight cut-off (MWCO) of 10 kDa. For ultrafiltration and diafiltration steps the transmembrane pressure was limited to 1.4 bar. The concentrated pool was divided into two parts. The first part was dialfiltrated into a buffer composed of 20 mM potassium phosphate, 150 mM L-arginine hydrochloride, 6% (w/V) trehalose dihydrate at pH 6.0. The second part was diafiltrated into a buffer composed of 20 mM potassium phosphate, 2% (w/V) Sucrose at pH 6.0. The final formulations listed in Table 4 were adjusted by adding concentrated stock solutions to the diafiltrated materials. All excipients were applied in compendial grade. The target MSLN-hALB concentration was 1.0 mg/mL.
  • TABLE 4
    Overview on MSLN-hALB formulations
    ID Formulation composition
    K60RTrT-low 20 mM potassium phosphate, 150 mM L-arginine HCl, 6% (w/V) trehalose
    dihydrate, 0.01.% (w/V) polysorbate 80, pH 6.0
    K60SBESuT-low 20 mM potassium phosphate, 1% (w/V) SBE-β-CD, 8% (w/V) Sucrose,
    0.01% (w/V) polysorbate 80, pH 6.0
    K60RMSuT-low 20 mM potassium phosphate, 150 mM L-arginine HCl, 4% (w/V) mannitol,
    2% (w/V) sucrose, 0.01.% (w/V) polysorbate 80, pH 6.0
  • Finally MSLN-hALB drug substance was sterile filtered through a 0.2 μm PVDF filter and filled into prewashed and presterilized type I glass vials. Vials were stoppered with sterilized butyl rubber stoppers and were sealed with aluminum caps. The fill volume totaled 1.0 mL. The vials were stored for up to two weeks in temperature controlled cabinets at 25° C. and 37° C. respectively. High molecular weight species were quantified by SE-UPLC using the method described under Example 1. The injected amount of protein totaled 3 μg. Acidic charge variants were determined using weak cation exchange ultra high performance liquid chromatography (WCX-UPLC). WCX-UPLC was performed on a UPLC H class Aquity (Waters) using a Protein-Pak Hi Res CM 7 μm 4.6×100 mm column. The column temperature was set to 30° C. In order to achieve chromatographic separation the following gradient (Table 5) was applied:
  • TABLE 5
    Overview on WCX-UPLC gradient
    Time [min:sec] % Eluent A % Eluent B
     0:00 100 0
     4:00 100 0
    25:00 50 50
    25.01 0 100
    29:00 0 100
    29:01 100 0
    33:00 100 0
  • Eluent A was composed of 20 mM sodium phosphate at pH 6.5. Eluent B was composed of 20 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM sodium chloride, pH 6.5. The injected amount of protein totaled 3 μg. The flow rate was 0.65 mL/min. Prior to injection, samples were held in the autosampler at 8° C. Protein detection relied on the measurement of intrinsic fluorescence intensity. Excitation was performed at 280 nm and emission was taken at 330 nm. Acidic charge variants were quantified based on the relative area under the curve (AUC). Integration was performed using Empower® software.
  • The lowest high molecular weight species (HMWS) formation rates were observed for the formulation with SBE-β-CD (FIG. 7B). The chemical stability was also most pronounced for the SBE-β-CD containing formulation indicated by the lowest fraction of acidic charge variants (FIG. 8 ).
  • Example 7: LLPS of AMG 330 with SBE-β-CD and Alginate
  • LLPS: Liquid-Liquid Phase Separation (LLPS) is caused by net attraction between the colloidal particles (e.g. proteins) and thus is measure of strength of this attraction. When there is attraction between proteins, a LLPS occurs into coexisting protein-rich and protein-poor phases, provided the temperature is sufficiently low. In LLPS, the co-existing phases are in true thermodynamic equilibrium and are fully reversible and the concentrations of the coexisting phases depend only on temperature and not on the initial protein concentration. LLPS can be induced by addition of PEG. If there is a stronger the attraction between proteins, the lower the PEG concentration that is necessary for LLPS to occur, which in turn indicates that these proteins will easily aggregate. At a given temperature and PEG concentration, excipients that increase colloidal stability of a protein result in a higher protein concentration in protein-poor phase. This increase in protein concentration can be measured chromatographically relative to a control without an excipient. In formulation development it is desirable to observe LLPS and evaluate the attraction between protein molecules.
  • The purpose of this experiment is to use LLPS to evaluate the effect of SBE-β-CD and Alginate on the colloidal stability of AMG 330.
  • TABLE 6
    Solution composition and preparation:
    Solution
    ID Solution Composition Solution Preparation Volume
    A AMG 330 (1.2 mg/ml) n/a 180 uL needed
    B 1X PBS 5 mL 10X PBS + 45 mL 50 mL
    milli Q water
    C
    50% SBE-β-CD in 1X PBS (pH to 5 g in 10 g
    match 1x PBS)
    D 1% SBE-β-CD in 1X PBS 100 uL C + 4.9 mL B 5 mL
    E 0.1% SBE-β-CD in 1X PBS 10 uL + 4.99 mL B 5 mL
    F
    1% Alginate in 1x PBS (pH to 0.2 g in 20 g
    match
    1X PBS)
    G 0.1% Alginate in 1x PBS 500 uL F + 4.5 mL B 5 mL
    H
    24% PEG 3350 IN 1X PBS 4.8 g in 20 g
  • TABLE 7
    Sample composition and preparation:
    Final
    Sample volume
    ID Sample Composition Sample preparation (uL)
    1-1 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 0% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL B 100
    1-2 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 0% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL B 100
    2-1 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL H 100
    2-2 AMG 330 + 1X PBS, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 40 uL B) + 50 uL H 100
    3-1 AMG 330 + 0.001% SBE-β-CD, 12% (10 uL A + 1 uL E + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    PEG uL H
    3-2 AMG 330 + 0.001% SBE-β-CD, 12% (10 uL A + 1 uL E + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    PEG uL H
    4-1 AMG 330 + 0.01% SBE-β-CD, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 1 uL D + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    4-2 AMG 330 + 0.01% SBE-β-CD, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 1 uL D + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    5-1 AMG 330 + 0.1% SBE-β-CD, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 10 uL D + 30 uL B) + 100
    50 uL H
    5-2 AMG 330 + 0.1% SBE-β-CD, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 10 uL D + 30 uL B) + 100
    50 uL H
    6-1 AMG 330 + 1% SBE-β-CD, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 2 uL C + 38 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    6-2 AMG 330 + 1% SBE-β-CD, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 2 uL C + 38 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    7-1 AMG 330 + 0.001% Alginate, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 1 uL G + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    7-2 AMG 330 + 0.001% Alginate, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 1 uL G + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    8-1 AMG 330 + 0.01% Alginate, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 1 uL F + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    8-2 AMG 330 + 0.01% Alginate, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 1 uL F + 39 uL B) + 50 100
    uL H
    9-1 AMG 330 + 0.1% Alginate, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 10 uL F + 30 uL B) + 100
    50 uL H
    9-2 AMG 330 + 0.1% Alginate, 12% PEG (10 uL A + 10 uL F + 30 uL B) + 100
    50 uL H
  • Different solution/sample composition and preparation was prepared as mentioned in the table 6 and 7 above. Samples were prepared (final AMG 330 concentration of 0.12 mg/ml) and incubated at 40° C. for three days. Samples were then micro centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) for 20 sec and 80 uL supernatant was removed and analyzed by analytical CEX (ProPac WCX-10 column, 2 mm ID) in Agilent chromatography system (Agilent 1200, Santa Clara, Calif., USA).
  • Analytical CEX: 70 μL of the sample were injected into the CEX column which was equilibrated with 20 mM Citric acid, 0.005% Sodium Azide, pH 6.0 and eluted with 20 mM Citric acid, 1M Sodium Chloride, 0.005% Sodium Azide pH 6.0, with a gradient time of 30 min (total run time: 45 min/injection) with a maximum concentration of 500 mM Sodium chloride at a flow rate of 0.2 mL/min. Autosampler temperature were maintained at 40 C during the run. From the chromatograms, peak areas of the samples were calculated (FIGS. 9 and 10 ).
  • Example 8: Buffer Exchange and Protein Concentration of AMG 330 by Ultrafiltration Centrifugation in the Presence of 4 Different Formulations (Including SBE-β-CD)
  • TABLE 8
    Solution composition and preparation (Volume in mL):
    Solution ID Solution composition Solution preparation Vol to prepare
    A 0.4 mg/mL AMG 330 N/A 17 mL
    B
    10 mM Citrate, pH 6.0
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    N/A
    C
    40% Captisol in 1X PBS
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    D 500 mM Arg, 500 mM Glu in B, pH 6.0
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    E 35 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Na phosphate, 50 mM
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Arg, 1.4% Trehalose, pH 6.0
    F 65% Sucrose (w/v) in B
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    G 18% Mannitol (w/v) in B
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    H 1% Polysorbate 80 (w/v) in B
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    I 1% PEG 4000 (w/w) in E, pH 6.0
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    J 10 mM Citrate pH 6.0, 3% Captisol 97.5 mL B + 2.5 mL C 100 mL
    K 3.5 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Na phosphate,  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     0 mM
    95 mL  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      + 5 mL I
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Arg, 1.4% Trehalose, 0 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    % PEG 4000, pH 6.0
    L 10 mM Citrate, 50 mM Arg, 50 mM Glu, 2% 63.8 mL B + 10 mL  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      + 3.1 mL  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      +
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Sucrose, 4% Mannitol, 0.01% PS-80, pH 6.0 22.2 mL G + 1 mL H
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    indicates data missing or illegible when filed
  • TABLE 9
    Sample composition and preparation:
    Sample ID Sample composition Sample preparation
    1-1 AMG 330 in 10 mM Citrate, pH 6.0 2 mL A, buffer exchange in  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      by centrifugation/filtration
    1-2
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    2-1 AMG 330 in 10 mM Citrate, pH  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     , 1% Captisol
    2 mL A, buffer exchange in J by centrifugation/filtration
    2-2
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    3-1 AMG 330 in  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     5 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Na phosphate,
    2 mL A, buffer exchange in K by centrifugation/filtration
    50 mM Arg, 1.4% Trehalose, 0.05% PEG-4000,
    pH 6.0
    3-2
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    4-1 AMG 330 in 10 mM Citrate, 50 mM Arg, 50 mM 2 mL A, buffer exchange in L by centrifugation/filtration
    Glu, 2% Sucrose, 4% Mannitol, 0.01% PS-80,
    pH 6.0
    4-2
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    5-1 AMG 330, no buffer exchange
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     10 uL A into HPLC  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    5-2
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    indicates data missing or illegible when filed
  • Initial protein concentration was 0.4 mg/ml. 2 mL of 0.4 mg/ml AMG 330 were placed into an Amicon ultra 15 ml centrifugal filter, MWCO 10,000. 10 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and gently mixed with protein and centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) for 3 hrs at 2000 rpm at 4° C. The retentate was then gently mixed and the tubes were centrifuged for 1.5 hrs at 2500 rpm at 25° C. Following a retentate volume of 200-250 μL, 10 mL of appropriate buffer was added to each and gently mixed with the retentate and then centrifuged for 30 min at 2500 rpm at 25° C. to a final volume of 200-250 μL. Final protein concentration in 4 different formulations ranged from 2.9 to 3.7 mg/ml.
  • Analytical SEC: Samples were analyzed by analytical SEC (TSKgel G3000SWXL, 7.8 mm ID, PA, USA) in an Agilent chromatography system (Agilent 1200, Santa Clara, Calif., USA) with a running buffer of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM Sodium chloride, pH 6.8 with a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min (total run time: 35 min/injection). Autosampler temperature was maintained at 4° C. during the run.
  • The presence of SBE-β-CD appears to provide significant protection to AMG 330 against the formation of HMW during protein concentration by ultrafiltration with the lowest relative amount of aggregates in formulation containing SBE-β-CD. The formulation containing Arginine, Glutamate, Sucrose, Mannitol and PS-80 had the highest amount of HMW followed by the formulation containing Tris, phosphate, Arginine, Trehalose and PEG 4000 (FIG. 11 ). CEX analysis showed similar effect (data not shown).
  • Example 9: Small Scale Formulation Study of AMG 330 Including SBE-β-CD (LLPS, FT, UFC)
  • The purpose of this experiment is to evaluate the stability of AMG 330 after various stresses in 14 different formulations. Specifically, AMG 330 was evaluated after LLPS, 20 freeze/thaw (F/T) cycles and concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation (UFC). As shown in Example 8, SBE-β-CD provides protection against AMG 330 aggregation and is further evaluated in this experiment. For UFC (FIG. 12A, FIG. 12B), only 5 formulations were investigated. For LLPS and F/T studies (FIG. 12C, FIG. 12D), 14 formulations were investigated. LLPS samples were analyzed by analytical CEX, whereas UFC and F/T samples were analyzed by both analytical SEC and CEX.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • TABLE 10
    Stock solution preparation:
    Solution ID Solution composition Solution preparation volume
    A
    20 mM Citrate, pH 6.0 by media prep 20 L
    B
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     2 mg/mL AMG 330,
    dialysis of 0.4 mg/mL AMG 330, then 20 mL, concentrate
    buffer exchange in A concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation to  
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      mL
    C
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     % polysorbate 80 (w/w) in A
    2 g, bring to 100 g in A 100 mL
    D
    10% SBE-β-CD (w/w) in A, pH 6.0
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      g, bring to 50 g in A, pH adjust to 6.0
    50 mL
    E
    15% Glycine in (w/w) A, pH 6.0 7.5 g, bring to 50 g in A, pH adjust to 6.0
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    F 40% Sucrose (w/w) in A 20 g, bring to 25 g in A 25 mL
    G
    1 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     % Mannitol (w/w) in A
    3.5 g, bring to 25 g in A
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    H 400 mM Arg in A, pH 6.0 3.484 g Arg, bring to 50 mL in A, pH adjust 50 mL
    to 6.0
    I 200 mM Arg, 200 mM Glu in A, pH 6.0 1.742 g Arg + 1.47 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      g Glu, bring to 50 mL
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    in A, pH adjust to 6.0
    J 1 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     % Trehalose dihydrate (w/w)in A
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     .75 g, bring to 25 g in A
    25 mL
    K
    200 PEG 3350 (w/w) in A, pH 6.0 3 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     .4 g, bring to 40 g in A, pH adjust to 6.0
    40 mL
    L
    1. 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      mg/mL AMG 330 + 0.074% PS80
    2100 uL B + 108 uL C 2 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    uL
    M
    40% SBE-β-CD (w/w) in A, pH 6.0 6 g, bring to 15 g in A, pH adjuct to 6.0 3.5 mL
    N
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     % Sucrose (w/w) in A
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
     5 g, bring to 25 g in A
    2 
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
      mL
    Figure US20230103401A1-20230406-P00899
    indicates data missing or illegible when filed
  • Ultrafiltration/Centrifugation (UFC):
  • TABLE 11
    Sample composition preparation for UFC (Volume in μL).
    20mM Cit PS-80 Captisol Glycine Sucrose
    Sample ID Sample composition A C D E F
    2-1_UFC control 79.2 0.8
    3-1_UFC 0.5% SBE-β-CD 75.2 0.8 4
    4-1_UFC 1% SBE-β-CD 71.2 0.8 8
    5-1_UFC 2% SBE-β-CD 63.2 0.8 16
    6-1_UFC 2% SBE-β-CD, 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose 58.5 0.8 9 10.7 2
    8-1_UFC 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose 66.5 0.8 10.7 2
  • For each sample, 4 mL of 0.4 mg/mL AMG 330 were placed into an Amicon Ultra 15 ml centrifugal filter tube of MWCO 10,000. 8 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and gently mixed with protein and centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) at 2000 rpm (4000 rcf) at 20° C. until the retentate volume was 200-250 uL. This process were repeated twice more for a total of 3 concentration steps. The retentate was then gently mixed with a pipettor removed from the filter tube, placed in an Eppendorf tube and micro-centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) at maximum speed for 2 min. Following this, protein concentration was measured for the supernatant, and analyzed by analytical SEC (same details as in Example 8) by injecting 20 μL. Each sample was prepared in duplicate.
  • LLPS:
  • Samples were prepared as outlined in table below and incubated for 5 days at 4° C. The final volume of all the samples was 240 μL. After incubation, samples were micro centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) for 20 s, then 200 μL supernatant was removed for analytical CEX (same details as in Example 7), except the autosampler temperature was maintained at 25° C.
  • TABLE 12
    Sample composition preparation for LLPS:
    20 mM AMG 40%
    Citrate, 330 SBE Arginine
    pH + -β- 55% +
    Volume in uL 6.0 PS80 CD Glycine Sucrose Mannitol Arginine Glutamate Trehalose PEG
    ID Sample composition A L M E N G H I J K
    1 Control, 0% PEG 207.6 32.4 0
    2 Control, 13% PEG 87.6 32.4 0
    3 0.5% SBE-β-CD, 13% PEG 84.6 32.4 3 120
    4 1% SBE-β-CD, 13% PEG 81.6 32.4 6 120
    5 2% SBE-β-CD, 13% PEG 75.6 32.4 12 120
    6 1% SBE-β-CD, 1% 45.2 32.4 6 32 4.4 120
    Glycine, 1% Sucrose,
    13% PEG
    7 4% Glycine, 13% PEG 23.6 32.4 64 120
    8 2% Glycine, 1% 51.2 32.4 32 4.4 120
    Sucrose, 13% PEG
    9 4% Mannitol, 13% PEG 19 32.4 68.6 120
    10 100 mM Arginine, 13% PEG 27.6 32.4 60 120
    11 50 mM Arginine, 50 27.6 32.4 60 120
    mM Glutamate, 13% PEG
    12 4% Sucrose, 13% PEG 70.1 32.4 17.5 120
    13 4% Trehalose 23.6 32.4 64 120
    dehydrate, 13% PEG
    14 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% 64.1 32.4 6 17.5 120
    Sucrose, 13% PEG
    15 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% 4.3 32.4 6 8.7 68.6 120
    Mannitol, 2% Sucrose,
    13% PEG
  • Increasing concentrations of SBE-β-CD resulted in increased monomer recovery while maintaining relatively low level of aggregates. SBE-β-CD performed even better when in combination with sucrose, mannitol and sucrose, and especially with glycine and sucrose. This is especially striking because Glycine alone performed quite poorly and it didn't do much better in combination with sucrose.
  • Freeze/Thaw (F/T):
  • TABLE 13
    Sample composition preparation for F/T:
    20 mM AMG 40% Arginine
    Citrate, 330 + SBE- 55% +
    Volume in uL pH 6.0 PS80 β-CD Glycine Sucrose Mannitol Glutamate Trehalose
    ID Sample composition A L M E N G I J
    1 Control, −70 C. 207.6 32.4
    2 Control, −30 C. 207.6 32.4
    3 0.5% SBE-β-CD, −70 C. 204.6 32.4 3
    4 0.5% SBE-β-CD, −30 C. 204.6 32.4 3
    5 1% SBE-β-CD, −70 C. 201.6 32.4 6
    6 1% SBE-β-CD, −30 C. 201.6 32.4 6
    7 2% SBE-β-CD, −70 C. 195.6 32.4 12
    8 2% SBE-β-CD, −30 C. 195.6 32.4 12
    9 1% SBE-β-CD, 2% 165.2 32.4 6 32 4.4
    Glycine, 1%
    Sucrose, −70 C.
    10 1% SBE-β-CD, 2% 165.2 32.4 6 32 4.4
    Glycine, 1%
    Sucrose,−30 C.
    11 4% Glycine, −70 C. 143.6 32.4 64
    12 4% Glycine, −30 C. 143.6 32.4 64
    13 2% Glycine, 1% 171.2 32.4 32 4.4
    Sucrose, −70 C.
    14 2% Glycine, 1% 171.2 32.4 32 4.4
    Sucrose, −30 C.
    15 4% Mannitol, −70 C. 139 32.4 68.6
    16 4% Mannitol, −30 C. 139 32.4 68.6
    17 50 mM Arginine, 50 147.6 32.4 60
    mM Glutamate, −70 C.
    18 50 mM Arginine, 50 147.6 32.4 60
    mM Glutamate, −30 C.
    19 4% Trehalose 143.6 32.4 64
    dehydrate, −70 C.
    20 4% Trehalose 143.6 32.4 64
    dehydrate, −30 C.
    21 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% 184.1 32.4 6 17.5
    Sucrose, -70 C.
    22 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% 184.1 32.4 6 17.5
    Sucrose, -30 C.
    23 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% 124.3 32.4 6 8.7 68.6
    Mannitol, 2%
    Sucrose, −70 C.
    24 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% 124.3 32.4 6 8.7 68.6
    Mannitol, 2%
    Sucrose, −30 C.
  • Samples were prepared as tabulated above. 20 F/T cycles were performed, with samples stored for at least on hour at −70° C. or −30° C. during each freeze, and at room temperature for no more than one hour during thaw. Final volume of each sample was 240 μL. Aliquots were removed for analytical SEC (same as Example 8) analysis after 0 and 20 cycles.
  • The presence of SBE-β-CD appears to provide benefit toward reducing aggregation and increasing relative monomer levels during F/T in comparison to other formulations. The formulations in which SBE-β-CD was used in combination with other excipients also performed well, particularly with Glycine and Sucrose.
  • Example 10: Comparing the Effects of SBE-β-CD and 2-Hydroxypropyl Beta-Cyclodextrin
  • SBE-β-CD has been shown in previous UFC experiment to provide significant protection to AMG 330 against aggregation during protein concentration. In the present experiment, the effects on AMG 330 during protein concentration by UFC are compared in the presence of either SBE-β-CD or another cyclodextrin, 2-Hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin (2-HP-β-CD).
  • Materials and Methods:
  • 20 mL of 0.4 mg/mL AMG 330 were concentrated to ˜10 mL in Amicon Ultra 15 mL centrifugal filter tubes of MWCO 10,000. The retentate of the tubes were combined, and the concentration of the protein was then measured by SoloVPE (using extinction coefficient of 2.319 mL/(mg*cm)) and found to be 0.83 mg/mL. This protein was then used to prepare the UFC samples.
  • All samples contained 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 8% sucrose, 0.01% Polysorbate-80, pH 6.0.
  • Five formulation conditions were tested: 1) control with buffer only, 2) 1% SBE-β-CD added, 3) 2% SBE-β-CD added, 4) 1% 2-HP-β-CD added, and 5) 2% 2-HP-β-CD added. 50 mL of each of the 5 buffer solutions were prepared. Two replicate samples of each formulation were tested.
  • For each sample, 0.875 mL of AMG 330 was placed into an Amicon Ultra 4 mL centrifugal filter tube of MWCO 10,000. 3.125 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and mixed gently with the protein, and the tubes were centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) at 4000 rcf at 25 C until retentate volume was ˜100 uL. 4 mL additional buffer was added, and the samples were again concentrated to ˜100 uL. There tentate was then gently mixed with a pipettor, and 45 uL were removed from the filter tube, placed in an Eppendorf tube, and micro-centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) at maximum speed for 2 min. The supernatant was analyzed by analytical SEC (same as Example 8). Non-concentrated AMG 330 (0.4 mg/mL) was also analyzed for comparison purposes.
  • In this experiment, AMG 330 was concentrated up to ˜10 mg/mL in the presence of 1 and 2% SBE-β-CD or 2-HP-β-CD. The SBE-β-CD containing formulations are indicated by asterisks. The control on the left (labeled as 0.4 mg/mL) was not concentrated beyond it starting concentration of 0.4 mg/mL. Second from the left (labeled as Control in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B) is sample that was concentrated without any cyclodextrin. The comparison between SBE-β-CD and 2-HP-β-CD formulations demonstrated the advantage of using SBE-β-CD. FIG. 13 shows the highest concentration reached; FIG. 14 reveals the composition of these concentrated solutions in terms of % aggregate and % monomer.
  • Example 11: Comparing the Effects of Four Different Cyclodextrins for their Ability to Maintain AMG 330 in a Soluble Non-Aggregated Form
  • SBE-β-CD has been shown to reduce aggregation in AMG 330 in previous experiments. The purpose of this experiment is to evaluate other cyclodextrins in comparison to SBE-β-CD. The levels of aggregation in AMG 330 were measured after 1-4 days incubation at 4° C. and 25° C. with 4 different cyclodextrins.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • All samples also contained ˜2 mg/ mL AMG 330, 20 mM Citrate, and 0.01% Polysorbate-80, pH 6.0. Samples were prepared and stored in Eppendorf tubes (table 14). The tubes were wrapped in plastic and protected from light during incubation. Aliquots were taken after 1 and 4 days incubation at 4° C. and 25° C. (Thermofisher Scientific, (Newington, N.H.) Haake A28). The aliquots were briefly micro centrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) and the supernatants were analyzed by analytical SEC.
  • TABLE 14
    Solution composition and preparation:
    Solution Solution
    ID Solution composition preparation Volume
    A
    2 mg/mL AMG 330 N/A 500 uL
    B
    20 mM Citrate, pH 6.0 N/A
    C
    10% SBE-β-CD in B 1.0 g, bring to 10 g in B
    D
    10% alpha-cyclodextrin 1.0 g, bring to 10 g in B 10 mL
    (α-CD) in B
    E
    10% gamma-cyclodextrin 1.0 g, bring to 10 g in B 10 mL
    (γ-CD) in B
    F
    10% 2-hydroxypropyl- 1.0 g, bring to 10 g in B 10 mL
    beta-cyclodextrin (2-
    HP-β-CD) in B
    G
    1% PS-80 in B N/A
    H
    2 mg/mL AMG 330 + 495 uL A + 5 uL G 500 uL
    0.01% PS-80
  • TABLE 15
    Sample composition and preparation:
    Storage
    Sample Sample Aliquot temperature
    Sample ID composition preparation Volume Volume (C.)
    Control at 4° C. Control 95 uL H + 5 uL B 100 uL 50 4 C. (Fridge)
    uL
    Control at 25° C. Control 95 uL H + 5 uL B 100 uL 50 25 C.
    uL (Incubator)
    0.5% SBE-β-CD at 4° C. 0.5% SBE-β-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL C 100 uL 50 4 C. (Fridge)
    uL
    0.5% SBE-β-CD at 25° C. 0.5% SBE-β-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL C 100 uL 50 25 C.
    uL (Incubator)
    0.5% α-CD at 4° C. 0.5% α-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL D 100 uL 50 4 C. (Fridge)
    uL
    0.5% α-CD at 25° C. 0.5% α-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL D 100 uL 50 25 C.
    uL (Incubator)
    0.5% γ-CD at 4° C. 0.5% γ-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL E 100 uL 50 4 C. (Fridge)
    uL
    0.5% γ-CD at 25° C. 0.5% γ-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL E 100 uL 50 25 C.
    uL (Incubator)
    0.5% 2-HP-β-CD at 4° C. 0.5% 2-HP-β-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL F 100 uL 50 4 C. (Fridge)
    uL
    0.5% 2-HP-β-CD at 25° C. 0.5% 2-HP-β-CD 95 uL H + 5 uL F 100 uL 50 25 C.
    uL (Incubator)
  • Four different cyclodextrins, including SBE-β-CD, were tested for ability to maintain AMG 330 in a soluble non-aggregated form. Protein at ˜2 mg/ml was incubated for 4 days at 4° and 25° C. without further concentration. All samples also contained 20 mM Citrate and 0.01% Polysorbate-80, pH 6.0.
  • At end of 4 days at 4° C., 0.5% SBE-β-CD formulation had a larger total peak area by SEC indicating higher soluble protein concentrations. Other formulations precipitated and aggregated to various degrees. This result demonstrate that SBE-β-CD was a more effective stabilizer and solubilizer of AMG 330 at both temperatures (4° and 25° C.) compared to α-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl R-cyclodextrins seemed to fare better only at 25° C. (FIG. 15 ).
  • Example 12: AMG 330 in 13 Different Formulations at 1 mg/mL and Stored at ˜20, ˜30 and ˜70° C. for Up to 6 Weeks
  • The purpose of this experiment is to develop a stable frozen and lyophilized formulation for AMG 330 SBE-β-CD and Triton X-100 was evaluated s formulation excipients. Polycarbonate carboys will be used to simulate drug substance (DS) frozen storage.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • With a starting concentration of 0.4 mg/mL for AMG 330, UF/F buffer exchange (buffers listed in table 16) was carried out using two cogent μScale TFF systems with a delta pressure set at 23 psi. Four Millipore Pellicon 3 Ultracel 10 kD 0.11 m2 cassettes and two cogent tubing assemblies were used. Post exchange, the material was over-concentrated to 1.2 mg/mL and collected in sterile Nalgene containers.
  • TABLE 16
    Formulation composition:
    Sample Formulation
    ID Abbreviation Formulation composition
    FRM 1 C60CpGSuP 10 mM Citrate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose, 0.01%
    PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 2 C60CpMSuP 10 mM Citrate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% Mannitol, 2% Sucrose, 0.01%
    PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 3 C60CpSuP 10 mM Citrate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 8% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 4 H60CpGSuP 10 mM Histidine, 1% SBE-β-CD, 2% Glycine, 1% Sucrose, 0.01%
    PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 5 H60CpMSuP 10 mM Histidine, 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% Mannitol, 2% Sucrose, 0.01%
    PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 6 H60CpSuP 10 mM Histidine, 1% SBE-β-CD, 8% Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 7 KP60CpGSuP 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 2% Glycine, 1%
    Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 8 KP60CpMSuP 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% Mannitol, 2%
    Sucrose, 0.01% PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 9 KP60CpSuP 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 8% Sucrose, 0.01%
    PS80, pH 6.0
    FRM 10 KP60CpGSuT 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 2% Glycine, 1%
    Sucrose, 0.004% Triton X-100, pH 6.0
    FRM 11 KP60CpMSuT 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 4% Mannitol, 2%
    Sucrose, 0.004% Triton X-100, pH 6.0
    FRM 12 KP60CpSuT 10 mM Potassium phosphate, 1% SBE-β-CD, 8% Sucrose, 0.004%
    Triton X-100, pH 6.0
    FRM 13 PEG 4000 35 mM Tris, 17.5 mM Sodium phosphate, 50 mM Arginine, 1.4%
    Trehalose, 0.05% PEG 4000 at pH 6.0
  • Formulation buffer, PEG and surfactant stocks were freshly prepared and added to produce the final formulated material. Samples were filled out at a volume of 15 mL in 30 mL PC carboys (Nalgene) for this experiment). All samples were filtered in a sterile hood using sterivex filter units (0.22 μm) prior to filling. Final protein concentration in PC carboys is 1 mg/mL.
  • For static experiments, samples were measured by analytical SEC (same as Example 8) at t=0 and t=6 weeks.
  • Results:
  • SBE-β-CD was included in AMG 330 formulations that were incubated at various temperatures. Results after 6 weeks of storage showed that all the SBE-β-CD containing formulations were stable in contrast to a formulation based on the use of PEG-4000 and without SBE-β-CD.
  • The comparison between SBE-β-CD and PEG based formulation demonstrates the advantage of using SBE-β-CD. PEG based formulation aggregated and particulated heavily after storage at −20° C. (FIG. 16 ).
  • Example 13: Evaluation of Two Cyclodextrans (SBE-β-CD and α-Cyclodextrin) as Excipients for Lyophilized Formulation for AMG 330
  • This experiment was conducted to determine a platform lyophilized formulation can be developed for BiTE® molecules. AMG 330 BiTE® was used as a model protein. Two cyclodextrins (SBE-β-CD and α-cyclodextran) was evaluated as formulation excipients.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • AMG 330 drug substance concentration is 0.4 mg/mL. AMG 330 was buffer exchanged into respective buffers (listed in table 17) using Millipore Centripreps (30K NMWL, 15 mL):
  • 1. Aliquoted 30 mL of AMG 330 DS into two (2×15 mL) Centriprep sample containers per formulation
    2. Added 4.4 mL of corresponding formulation buffer to each Centriprep filtrate collector (to prevent overconcentration of DS)
    3. Centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) at 1500×g for 20 min at 25° C. (centrifuged to equilibrium); ˜ 5 mL of protein remaining in each sample container, 3-fold concentration to 1.2 mg/mL target
    4. Decanted filtrate in each filtrate collector and replaced with 4.4 mL of fresh formulation buffer; added 10 mL of fresh formulation buffer to each sample container
    5. Centrifuged per step 3
    6. Repeated steps 4-5 four more times (five buffer exchanges total; ˜243-fold total dilution)
    7. Stored buffer-exchanged material O/N at 4° C.
  • TABLE 17
    Formulation components for lyophilization:
    Formulation
    concentration
    Sample ID (mg/mL) Buffer Excipient Surfactant pH
    C60SuT 0.85 20 mM 4% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Sucrose Polysorbate
    80
    C60GSuT 0.85 20 mM 2% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Glycine, 1% Polysorbate
    (w/v) 80
    Sucrose
    C60MSuT 0.85 20 mM 4% 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Mannitol, Polysorbate
    2% (w/v) 80
    Sucrose
    C60RSuT 0.85 20 mM 75 mM 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Arginine, 4% Polysorbate
    (w/v) 80
    Sucrose
    C60CpT 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate SBE-β-CD Polysorbate
    80
    C60CpSuT 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate SBE-β-CD, Polysorbate
    4% (w/v) 80
    Sucrose
    C60CpGSuT 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate SBE-β-CD, Polysorbate
    2% (w/v) 80
    Glycine, 1%
    (w/v)
    Sucrose
    C60CpMSuT 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate SBE-β-CD, Polysorbate
    4% (w/v) 80
    Mannitol,
    2% (w/v)
    Sucrose
    C60AcL 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) α- 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Cyclodextrin Lutrol F68
    C60AcSuL 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) α- 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Cyclodextrin, Lutrol F68
    4% (w/v)
    Sucrose
    C60AcGSuL 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) α- 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Cyclodextrin, Lutrol F68
    2% (w/v)
    Glycine, 1%
    (w/v)
    Sucrose
    C60AcMSuL 0.85 20 mM 0.5% (w/v) α- 0.01% (w/V) 6
    Citrate Cyclodextrin, Lutrol F68
    4% (w/v)
    Mannitol,
    2% (w/v)
    Sucrose
  • Formulation buffer and surfactant stocks were added to produce the final formulated material. Samples were filled at a volume of 2 mL in 5 cc glass vials (Schott Type 1A) with a total of 4 vials per formulation. All samples were filtered in a sterile hood using Sterivex filter units (0.22 μm) prior to filling. After filing vials were loosely capped with rubber stoppers for lyophilization (FIG. 17A).
  • Three vials per formulation were lyophilized using a modified conservative lyophilization cycle (−17° C. annealing temperature, 66 hr total cycle time). The remaining one vial per formulation was reserved for t=0 (pre-lyophilization) analysis. Prior to reconstitution, the lyo cakes were visually inspected for structural integrity and elegance. Lyophilized samples were reconstituted with 1.96 mL of Milli-Q water and gently swirled until fully dissolved for further analysis. Pre-lyophilization and post-constitution samples were analyzed by analytical SEC and micro flow imaging (MFI).
  • SEC results revealed that SBE-β-CD containing formulations generated lower levels of HMW species pre- and post-lyophilization compared to formulations with α-cyclodextran or no cyclodextran at all. Other formulation excipients (sucrose, glycine, mannitol) did not appear to impact levels of HMW species significantly (FIG. 17B, FIG. 17C).
  • MFI revealed a moderate increase in subvisible particles (majority in the 1-2 μm range) for most formulations following lyophilization. A dramatic increase was observed for one of the α-cyclodextran formulation, C60AcL. Two SBE-β-CD (captisol) containing formulations, C60CpT and C60CpMSuT, contained the least number of subvisible particles after lyophilization (FIG. 17D).
  • Example 14: Small Scale Formulation Study of Fap Alpha BiTE® Including SBE-β-CD and α-Cyclodextran (UFC, LLPS and F/T)
  • The purpose of this experiment is to evaluate the stability of Fap alpha BiTE® after various stresses in various formulations. Specifically, FAP alpha BiTE® (SEQ ID NO: 177) was evaluated after LLPS, 20 freeze/thaw (F/T) cycles, and concentration by ultrafiltration/centrifugation (UFC). Results from previous studies with similar formulations have shown that SBE-β-CD have a positive effect on AMG 330 BiTE® stability and in this study, effect on SBE-β-CD on FAP BiTE® was investigated.
  • Materials and Methods:
  • 30 mL of buffer was prepared for each formulation tested.
  • TABLE 18
    Sample composition and preparation. Control (FRM1) is formulated in 10 mM
    Potassium Phosphate, 161 mM Arginine pH 7.6 + 4% Trehalose at 2.65 mg/mL.
    20 mM 1% 1% 40% 10% 15% 55% 18%
    Volume in mL Citrate PS-80 F-68 SBE-β-CD α-CD Glycine Sucrose Mannitol
    Sample Sample
    ID composition
    FRM1 Control N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
    FRM2 Control, 29.7 0.3
    0.01% PS-80
    FRM3 0.5% SBE-β- 29.325 0.3 0.375
    CD, 0.01%
    PS-80
    FRM4 0.5% SBE-β- 24.78 0.3 0.375 4 0.545
    CD, 2%
    Glycine, 1%
    Sucrose,
    0.01% PS-80
    FRM5 0.5% SBE-β- 21.565 0.3 0.375 1.09 6.67
    CD, 4%
    Mannitol, 2%
    Sucrose,
    0.01% PS-80
    FRM6 0.5% α-CD, 25.5 3 1.5
    0.1% F-68
    FRM7 0.5% α-CD, 20.955 3 1.5 4 0.545
    2% Glycine,
    1% Sucrose,
    0.1% F-68
    FRM8 0.5% α-CD, 17.74 3 1.5 1.09 6.67
    4% Mannitol,
    2% Sucrose,
    0.1% F-68
  • For each sample, 375 μL of 2.65 mg/mL FAP alpha BiTE® (formulated in 10 mM Potassium Phosphate, 161 mM Arginine pH 7.6+4% Trehalose) were placed into an Amicon Ultra 4 mL centrifugal filter tube of MWCO 10,000. 3.5 mL of the appropriate buffer were added to each tube and mixed gently with the protein, and the tubes were centrifuged (Allegra 6R Centrifuge, Beckman Coulter, Brea, Calif., USA) at 4000 rcf at 25 C until retentate volume was-50 uL. The buffer addition and centrifugation steps were repeated twice more for a total of 3 concentration steps. The retentate was then gently mixed with a pipettor, removed from the filter tube, placed in an Eppendorf tube, and microcentrifuged (Eppendorf Centrifuge 5418, St. Louis, Mo., USA) at maximum speed for 2 min. The supernatant was then analyzed by SEC. Each sample was prepared in duplicate. Non-concentrated FAP alpha BiTE® (2.65 mg/mL) was also analyzed for comparison purposes.
  • The presence of SBE-β-CD appeared to increase relative SEC mainpeak by suppressing the formation of HMW species during protein concentration. The presence of α-cyclodextran resulted in very low protein recovery and high relative levels of HMW species.
  • Fap alpha LLPS results: LLPS results with Fap a BiTE® and SBE-β-CD are comparable to the LLPS results with AMG 330. α-cyclodextran did not show any positive or negative effect on the colloidal stability of this molecule (FIG. 18 ).
  • Example 15: Formulation Study for CD33-scFc BiTE Antibody Construct
  • CD33-scFc BiTE antibody construct was purified using Protein A and cation exchange chromatography (CEX). The CEX eluate was dialyzed into a 10 mM L-glutamic acid buffer at pH 4.2 using dialysis cassettes containing membranes with a molecular weight cut-off (MWCO) of 10 kDa. Dialysis was performed at 2-8° C. The concentration of the dialyzed pool material totaled 2.3 mg/mL. The material was further concentrated via ultrafiltration centrifugation (UFC) using concentrator tubes containing membranes with MWCO of 10 kDa. The concentrated material was filtered with through a filter with a pore size of 0.22 μm. Post filtration concentration totaled 2.7 mg/mL. The material was fully formulated into the formulations listed in Table 19. by spiking with concentrated stock solution. The final protein concentration totals 1.0 mg/mL.
  • TABLE 19
    Overview on tested formulations; HPBCD:
    hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin; PS 80: polysorbate 80.
    L-Glutamic Trehalose
    acid Mannitol Sucrose dihydrate HPBCD PS 80
    Designation [mM| [% (w/v)] [% (w/v)] [% (w/v)] [% (w/v)] [% (w/v)]
    G42MSuT 10 4.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.01
    G42MTrT 10 4.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.01
    G42SuT 10 0.0 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.01
    G42TrT 10 0.0 0.0 8.0 0.0 0.01
    G42HP12SuT 10 0.0 4.0 0.0 12.0 0.01
    G42HP12TrT 10 0.0 0.0 4.0 12.0 0.01
    G42HP6MT 10 4.0 0.0 0.0 6.0 0.01
    G42HP6SuT 10 0.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 0.01
    G42HP6TrT 10 0.0 0.0 6.0 6.0 0.01
  • Formulations were filled to 1.0 mL in 2R type I glass vials which were closed with butyl rubber stoppers and aluminum flip off seals. Vials were stored at −20 and −70° C. Samples were pulled at designated time points. After sampling vials were thawed at ambient temperature and analyzed via size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in order to quantify the percentaged content of high molecular weight species. SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C. Separation of size variants was achieved by applying an isocratic method with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min. The mobile phase was composed of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM NaCl pH 6.8. The run time totals 6.0 minutes. Samples were held at 8° C. within the autosampler until analysis. A total amount of 3 μg protein was injected. In order to avoid carry over an intermediate injection with 40% ACN was performed after each sample. Detection was based on fluorescence (excitation at 280 nm, emission at 325 nm). Peak integration was performed using Empower® software. Relative area under the curve of HMWS was reported (FIG. 18 ).
  • Storage of formulated CD33-scFc BiTE antibody construct at −70° C. or below inhibited the formation of HMWS. However, HMWS significantly increased during storage at −20° C. for formulations that did not contain HPBCD. In contrast, the protein was prevented from forming HMWS at −20° C. in presence of HPBCD irrespective of its concentration (6 or 12%). The presence of mannitol detrimentally affected stability at −20° C. indicated by an increase in HMWS.
  • Example 16: Formulation Study for FLT3-scFc BiTE Antibody Constructs
  • Two different FLT3-scFc BiTE antibody constructs (FL1-scFc and FL2-scFc) were purified using protein A and CEX chromatrography. Post CEX all contructs were diafiltered in a buffer composed of 10 mM L-glutamic acid, 4% (w/v) sucrose at pH 4.2. The MWCO of the used membrane was 10 kDa. The diafiltered pool (protein concentration of 1.7 mg/mL) was concentrated via ultrafiltration (MWCO of 10 kDa) until a concentration of 7.6 mg/mL was achieved. The material was then filtered through a 0.2 μm filter and fully formulated through spiking with excipient stock solutions. An overview of formulations is provided by Table 20.
  • TABLE 20
    Overview on tested formulations; pH was adjusted to
    4.2 for all formulations; HPBCD:
    hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin; PS 80: polysorbate 80.
    L-Glutamic Sucrose HPBCD PS 80
    Protein acid [% [% [%
    Designation [mg/mL] [mM] (w/v)] (w/v)] (w/v)]
    G42SuT 5.0 10 9.0 0.0 0.01
    G42HP12SuT 5.0 10 4.0 12.0 0.01
  • Both formulations were filled to 1.3 mL in 2R type I glass vials which were closed with butyl rubber stoppers and aluminum flip off seals. Vials were stored at −20° C. Samples were pulled at designated time points. After sampling vials were thawed at ambient temperature and analyzed via size exclusion ultra-high performance chromatography (SE-UPLC) in order to quantify the percentaged content of high molecular weight species. SE-UPLC was performed on an Aquity H-Class UPLC system (Waters) using an Acquity UPLC BEH200 SEC 150 mm column (Waters). Column temperature was set to 25° C. Separation of size variants was achieved by applying an isocratic method with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min. The mobile phase was composed of 100 mM sodium phosphate, 250 mM NaCl pH 6.8. The run time totals 6.0 minutes. Samples were held at 8° C. within the autosampler until analysis. A total amount of 3 μg protein was injected. In order to avoid carry over an intermediate injection with 40% ACN was performed after each sample. Detection was based on fluorescence (excitation at 280 nm, emission at 325 nm). Peak integration was performed using Empower® software. Relative area under the curve of HMWS was reported (FIG. 19 ).
  • Example 17: Formulation Study for BCMA-scFc BiTE Antibody Constructs
  • Two BCMA-scFc BiTE antibody constructs (BC1-scFc and BC2-scFc) were purified, formulated, stored, and analyzed as described under Example 16. An overview of formulations is provided by Table 21.
  • TABLE 21
    Overview on tested formulations; pH was adjusted to
    4.2 for all formulations; HPBCD:
    hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin; PS 80: polysorbate 80.
    L-Glutamic PS 80
    Protein acid Sucrose HPBCD [%
    Designation [mg/mL] [mM] [% (w/v)] [% (w/v)] (w/v)]
    G42SuT 5.0 10 9.0 0.0 0.01
    G42HP12SuT 5.0 10 6.0 6.0 0.01
  • FIG. 20 shows the percentaged HMWS content in function of formulation for both antibody constructs. The percentaged content of HMWS increased by 1.6% (BC1-scFc) and 1.9% (BC-scFc) respectively in HPBCD free formulations after four weeks. In contrast HMWS formation was inhibited in formulations containing 6% HPBCD.
  • SEQ
    ID NO: Description SEQUENCE
    1. CD3_1 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    2. CD3_1 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    3. CD3_1 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    4. CD3_1 VH CDR1 IYAMN
    5. CD3_1 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKS
    6. CD3_1 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYVSFFAY
    7. CD3_1 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNIYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKSRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSFFAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    8. CD3_1 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    9. CD3_1 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNIYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKSRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSFFAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    10. CD3_2 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    11. CD3_2 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    12. CD3_2 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    13. CD3_2 VH CDR1 KYAMN
    14. CD3_2 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKD
    15. CD3_2 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYISYWAY
    16. CD3_2 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    17. CD3_2 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    18. CD3_2 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    19. CD3_3 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    20. CD3_3 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    21. CD3_3 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    22. CD3_3 VH CDR1 SYAMN
    23. CD3_3 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKG
    24. CD3_3 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYLSFWAY
    25. CD3_3 VH EVQLVESGGGLEQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNSYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSFWAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    26. CD3_3 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    27. CD3_3 scFv EVQLVESGGGLEQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNSYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSFWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    28. CD3_4 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    29. CD3_4 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    30. CD3_4 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    31. CD3_4 VH CDR1 RYAMN
    32. CD3_4 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKG
    33. CD3_4 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYLSYFAY
    34. CD3_4 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNRYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSYFAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    35. CD3_4 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    36. CD3_4 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNRYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSYFAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    37. CD3_5 VL CDR1 RSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    38. CD3_5 VL CDR2 ATDMRPS
    39. CD3_5 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    40. CD3_5 VH CDR1 VYAMN
    41. CD3_5 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKK
    42. CD3_5 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYLSWWAY
    43. CD3_5 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNVYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKKRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSWWAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    44. CD3_5 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGATDMRPSGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    45. CD3_5 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNVYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKKRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYLSWWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGATDMRPSGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    46. CD3_6 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    47. CD3_6 VL CDR2
    48. CD3_6 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    49. CD3_6 VH CDR1 KYAMN
    50. CD3_6 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKS
    51. CD3_6 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYTSYYAY
    52. CD3_6 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKSRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYTSYYAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    53. CD3_6 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    54. CD3_6 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKSRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYTSYYAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    55. CD3_7 VL CDR1 RSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    56. CD3_7 VL CDR2 ATDMRPS
    57. CD3_7 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    58. CD3_7 VH CDR1 GYAMN
    59. CD3_7 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKE
    60. CD3_7 VH CDR3 HRNFGNSYLSWFAY
    61. CD3_7 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNGYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKERFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHRNFGNSYLSWFAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    62. CD3_7 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGATDMRPSGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    63. CD3_7 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNGYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKERFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHRNFGNSYLSWFAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGATDMRPSGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    64. CD3_8 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGYYPN
    65. CD3_8 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    66. CD3_8 VL CDR3 ALWYSNRWV
    67. CD3_8 VH CDR1 VYAMN
    68. CD3_8 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKK
    69. CD3_8 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYISWWAY
    70. CD3_8 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNVYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKKRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISWWAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    71. CD3_8 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    72. CD3_8 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNVYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKKRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISWWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGYYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCA
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    73. CD3_9 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGNYPN
    74. CD3_9 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    75. CD3_9 VL CDR3 VLWYSNRWV
    76. CD3_9 VH CDR1 SYAMN
    77. CD3_9 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKG
    78. CD3_9 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYVSWWAY
    79. CD3_9 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNSYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSWWAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    80. CD3_9 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    81. CD3_9 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNSYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSWWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCV
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    82. CD3_10 VL CDR1 GSSTGAVTSGNYPN
    83. CD3_10 VL CDR2 GTKFLAP
    84. CD3_10 VL CDR3 VLWYSNRWV
    85. CD3_10 VH CDR1 KYAMN
    86. CD3_10 VH CDR2 RIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKD
    87. CD3_10 VH CDR3 HGNFGNSYISYWAY
    88. CD3_10 VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSS
    89. CD3_10 VL QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    90. CD3_10 scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCV
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    91. CD33_1 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    92. CD33_1 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADKFQG
    93. CD33_1 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    94. CD33_1 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLA
    95. CD33_1 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    96. CD33_1 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    97. CD33_1 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSS
    98. CD33_1 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDF
    TLTIDSPQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    99. CD33_1 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE
    RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC
    QQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    100. CD33_1 bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    molecule TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE
    RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC
    QQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIR
    SKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGG
    SGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSG
    SLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    101. CD33_2 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    102. CD33_2 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADKFQG
    103. CD33_2 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    104. CD33_2 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLA
    105. CD33_2 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    106. CD33_2 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    107. CD33_2 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSS
    108. CD33_2 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDF
    TLTIDSPQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIK
    109. CD33_2 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE
    RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC
    QQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIK
    110. CD33_2 bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    molecule TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE
    RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC
    QQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIR
    SKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGG
    SGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSG
    SLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    111. CD33_3 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    112. CD33_3 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG
    113. CD33_3 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    114. CD33_3 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLA
    115. CD33_3 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    116. CD33_3 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    117. CD33_3 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    SSDTSTSTAYLEINSLRSDDTAIYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    118. CD33_3 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    119. CD33_3 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    SSDTSTSTAYLEINSLRSDDTAIYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    120. CD33_4 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    121. CD33_4 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG
    122. CD33_4 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    123. CD33_4 VL CDR1 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    TSDTSTSTAYLELHNLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    124. CD33_4 VL CDR2 KSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLA
    125. CD33_4 VL CDR3 WASTRES
    126. CD33_4 VH QQSAHFPIT
    127. CD33_4 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    128. CD33_4 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    TSDTSTSTAYLELHNLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    129. CD33_5 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    130. CD33_5 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG
    131. CD33_5 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    132. CD33_5 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLA
    133. CD33_5 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    134. CD33_5 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    135. CD33_5 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    TTDTSTSTAYMEIRNLRNDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    136. CD33_5 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    137. CD33_5 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    TTDTSTSTAYMEIRNLRNDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    138. CD33_6 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    139. CD33_6 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADDFKG
    140. CD33_6 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    141. CD33_6 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLA
    142. CD33_6 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    143. CD33_6 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    144. CD33_6 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    TSDTSTSTAYMEISSLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    145. CD33_6 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    146. CD33_6 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLKWMGWINTYTGEPTYADDFKGRVTM
    TSDTSTSTAYMEISSLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSKNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    147. CD33_7 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    148. CD33_7 VH CDR2 WINTYTGETNYADKFQG
    149. CD33_7 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    150. CD33_7 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLA
    151. CD33_7 VL CDR2 WASTRE
    152. CD33_7 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    153. CD33_7 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGETNYADKFQGRVTF
    TSDTSTSTAYMELRNLKSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    154. CD33_7 VL DIVMTQSPDSMTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLDIK
    155. CD33_7 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGETNYADKFQGRVTF
    TSDTSTSTAYMELRNLKSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSMTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLDIK
    156. CD33_8 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    157. CD33_8 VH CDR2 WINTYTGETNYADKFQG
    158. CD33_8 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    159. CD33_8 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLA
    160. CD33_8 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    161. CD33_8 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    162. CD33_8 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGETNYADKFQGRVTF
    TSDTSTSTAYMELRNLKSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    163. CD33_8 VL DIVMTQSPDSLSVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    164. CD33_8 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGETNYADKFQGRVTF
    TSDTSTSTAYMELRNLKSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSLSVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDSLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    165. CD33_9 VH CDR1 NYGMN
    166. CD33_9 VH CDR2 WINTYTGEPTYADKFQG
    167. CD33_9 VH CDR3 WSWSDGYYVYFDY
    168. CD33_9 VL CDR1 KSSQSVLDSSNNKNSLA
    169. CD33_9 VL CDR2 WASTRES
    170. CD33_9 VL CDR3 QQSAHFPIT
    171. CD33_9 VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTM
    TTDTSTSTAYMEIRNLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSS
    172. CD33_9 VL DIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSNNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSG
    SGSGTDFTLTIDGLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    173. CD33_9 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTM
    TTDTSTSTAYMEIRNLRSDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIV
    MTQSPDSLTVSLGERTTINCKSSQSVLDSSNNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGS
    GTDFTLTIDGLQPEDSATYYCQQSAHFPITFGQGTRLEIK
    174. CD19 bispecific DIQLTQSPASLAVSLGQRATISCKASQSVDYDGDSYLNWYQQIPGQPPKLLIYDASNLVSGIPPRFSGSGSGTDFTL
    molecule NIHPVEKVDAATYHCQQSTEDPWTFGGGTKLEIKGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQVQLQQSGAELVRPGSSVKISCKASGYA
    FSSYWMNWVKQRPGQGLEWIGQIWPGDGDTNYNGKFKGKATLTADESSSTAYMQLSSLASEDSAVYFCARRETTTVG
    RYYYAMDYWGQGTTVTVSSGGGGSDIKLQQSGAELARPGASVKMSCKTSGYTFTRYTMHWVKQRPGQGLEWIGYINP
    SRGYTNYNQKFKDKATLTTDKSSSTAYMQLSSLTSEDSAVYYCARYYDDHYCLDYWGQGTTLTVSSVEGGSGGSGGS
    GGSGGVDDIQLTQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTCRASSSVSYMNWYQQKSGTSPKRWIYDTSKVASGVPYRFSGSGSGTSY
    SLTISSMEAEDAATYYCQQWSSNPLTFGAGTKLELKHHHHHH
    175. CD33_2 bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    molecule + TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE
    hALB RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC
    QQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIR
    SKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGG
    SGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSG
    SLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLPGGGGSDAHKSEVAHRFKDLGEENFKALVLIAFA
    QYLQQCPFEDHVKLVNEVTEFAKTCVADESAENCDKSLHTLFGDKLCTVATLRETYGEMADCCAKQEPERNECFLQH
    KDDNPNLPRLVRPEVDVMCTAFHDNEETFLKKYLYEIARRHPYFYAPELLFFAKRYKAAFTECCQAADKAACLLPKL
    DELRDEGKASSAKQRLKCASLQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQRFPKAEFAEVSKLVTDLTKVHTECCHGDLLECADDRAD
    LAKYICENQDSISSKLKECCEKPLLEKSHCIAEVENDEMPADLPSLAADFVESKDVCKNYAEAKDVFLGMFLYEYAR
    RHPDYSVVLLLRLAKTYETTLEKCCAAADPHECYAKVFDEFKPLVEEPQNLIKQNCELFEQLGEYKFQNALLVRYTK
    KVPQVSTPTLVEVSRNLGKVGSKCCKHPEAKRMPCAEDYLSVVLNQLCVLHEKTPVSDRVTKCCTESLVNRRPCFSA
    LEVDETYVPKEFNAETFTFHADICTLSEKERQIKKQTALVELVKHKPKATKEQLKAVMDDFAAFVEKCCKADDKETC
    FAEEGKKLVAASQAALGLDYHHHHHH
    176. MS_4 bispecific QVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYYMTWIRQAPGKGLEWLSYISSSGSTIYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKN
    molecule + SLFLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARDRNSHFDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSVSASVGDRVTIT
    hALB CRASQGINTWLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGASGLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQAKSFPRTFG
    QGTKVEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYA
    DSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGS
    QTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTL
    SGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLPGGGGSDAHKSEVAHRFKDLGEENFKALVLIAFAQYLQQCPFEDH
    VKLVNEVTEFAKTCVADESAENCDKSLHTLFGDKLCTVATLRETYGEMADCCAKQEPERNECFLQHKDDNPNLPRLV
    RPEVDVMCTAFHDNEETFLKKYLYEIARRHPYFYAPELLFFAKRYKAAFTECCQAADKAACLLPKLDELRDEGKASS
    AKQRLKCASLQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQRFPKAEFAEVSKLVTDLTKVHTECCHGDLLECADDRADLAKYICENQDS
    ISSKLKECCEKPLLEKSHCIAEVENDEMPADLPSLAADFVESKDVCKNYAEAKDVFLGMFLYEYARRHPDYSVVLLL
    RLAKTYETTLEKCCAAADPHECYAKVFDEFKPLVEEPQNLIKQNCELFEQLGEYKFQNALLVRYTKKVPQVSTPTLV
    EVSRNLGKVGSKCCKHPEAKRMPCAEDYLSVVLNQLCVLHEKTPVSDRVTKCCTESLVNRRPCFSALEVDETYVPKE
    FNAETFTFHADICTLSEKERQIKKQTALVELVKHKPKATKEQLKAVMDDFAAFVEKCCKADDKETCFAEEGKKLVAA
    SQAALGLDYHHHHHH
    177. FAPa bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTEYTIHWVRQAHGQSLEWMGGINPNNGIPNYNQKFKGRVTI
    molecule TVDTSASTAYMELRSLRSEDTAVYYCARRRIAYGYDEGHAMDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSD
    IVMTQTPFSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLYSRNQKNYLAWYQQKPGQSPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGS
    GSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCQQYFSYPLTFGGGTKVEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSC
    AASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTED
    TAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTC
    GSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVL
    WYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLHHHHHH
    178. G4S linker GGGS
    179. F12q scFv EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFNSYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYATYYADSVKGRFTISRDDS
    KNTAYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYVSWWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSP
    GGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCV
    LWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVL
    180. CD33-scFc BiTE bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESVKVSCKASGYTFTNYGMNWVKQAPGQCLEWMGWINTYTGEPTYADKFQGRVTMTTDTSTS
    antibody construct HLE molecule TAYMEIRNLGGDDTAVYYCARWSWSDGYYVYFDYWGQGTSVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIVMTQSPDSLTVSLGE
    CD33_2-scFc RTTINCKSSQSVLDSSTNKNSLAWYQQKPGQPPKLLLSWASTRESGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTIDSPQPEDSATYYC
    QQSAHFPITFGCGTRLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIR
    SKYNNYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGG
    SGGGGSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSG
    SLLGGKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLGGGGDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDT
    LMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKA
    LPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF
    FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDKTH
    TCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYR
    CVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA
    VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
    181. FL1 scFv QVTLKESGPTLVKPTETLTLTCTLSGFSLNNARMGVSWIRQPPGKCLEWLAHIFSNDEKSYSTSLKNRLTISKDSSK
    TQVVLTMTNVDPVDTATYYCARIVGYGSGWYGFFDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASV
    GDRVTITCRASQGIRNDLGWYQQKPGKAPKRLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCLQHN
    SYPLTFGCGTKVEIK
    182. FLT3-scFc BiTE bispecific QVTLKESGPTLVKPTETLTLTCTLSGFSLNNARMGVSWIRQPPGKCLEWLAHIFSNDEKSYSTSLKNRLTISKDSSK
    antibody construct HLE molecule TQVVLTMTNVDPVDTATYYCARIVGYGSGWYGFFDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASV
    FL1-scFc GDRVTITCRASQGIRNDLGWYQQKPGKAPKRLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCLQHN
    SYPLTFGCGTKVEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYN
    NYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGG
    GSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLG
    GKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLGGGGDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMIS
    RTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAP
    IEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYS
    KLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDKTHTCPP
    CPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSV
    LTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWE
    SNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
    183. FL2 scFv QVTLKESGPALVKPTETLTLTCTLSGFSLNNARMAVSWIRQPPGKCLEWLAHIFSNDEKSYSTSLKSRLTISKDTSK
    SQVVLTMTNMDPEDTATYYCARIVGYGTGWYGFFDYWGQGILVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASV
    GDRVTITCRASQGIRNDLAWYQQKPGKAPKRLIYAASSLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCLQHN
    SYPLTFGCGTKVEIK
    184. FLT3-scFc BiTE bispecific QVTLKESGPALVKPTETLTLTCTLSGFSLNNARMAVSWIRQPPGKCLEWLAHIFSNDEKSYSTSLKSRLTISKDTSK
    antibody construct HLE molecule SQVVLTMTNMDPEDTATYYCARIVGYGTGWYGFFDYWGQGILVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASV
    FL2-scFc GDRVTITCRASQGIRNDLAWYQQKPGKAPKRLIYAASSLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCLQHN
    SYPLTFGCGTKVEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYN
    NYATYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGG
    GSGGGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLG
    GKAALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLGGGGDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMIS
    RTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAP
    IEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYS
    KLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDKTHTCPP
    CPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSV
    LTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWE
    SNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
    185. BC1 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNHIIHWVRQAPGQCLEWMGYINPYPGYHAYNEKFQGRATMTSDTSTS
    TVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGYYRDTDVLDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
    VTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRLHTGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLEPEDIATYYCQQGNTLP
    WTFGCGTKLEIK
    186. BCMA-scFc BiTE 1 bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNHIIHWVRQAPGQCLEWMGYINPYPGYHAYNEKFQGRATMTSDTSTS
    antibody construct HLE molecule TVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGYYRDTDVLDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
    BC1-scFc VTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRLHTGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLEPEDIATYYCQQGNTLP
    WTFGCGTKLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYA
    TYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSG
    GGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKA
    ALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLGGGGDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTP
    EVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK
    TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT
    VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDKTHTCPPCPA
    PELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTV
    LHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNG
    QPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
    187. BC2 scFv QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNHIIHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGYINPYPGYHAYNEKFQGRATMTSDTSTS
    TVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGYYRDTDVLDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
    VTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRLHTGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLEPEDIATYYCQQGNTLP
    WTFGQGTKLEIK
    188. BCMA-scFc BiTE 2 bispecific QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTNHIIHWVRQAPGQGLEWMGYINPYPGYHAYNEKFQGRATMTSDTSTS
    antibody construct HLE molecule TVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDGYYRDTDVLDYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
    BC2-scFc VTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRLHTGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLEPEDIATYYCQQGNTLP
    WTFGQGTKLEIKSGGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLKLSCAASGFTFNKYAMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIRSKYNNYA
    TYYADSVKDRFTISRDDSKNTAYLQMNNLKTEDTAVYYCVRHGNFGNSYISYWAYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGSG
    GGGSQTVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGNYPNWVQQKPGQAPRGLIGGTKFLAPGTPARFSGSLLGGKA
    ALTLSGVQPEDEAEYYCVLWYSNRWVFGGGTKLTVLGGGGDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTP
    EVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK
    TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT
    VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSDKTHTCPPCPA
    PELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPCEEQYGSTYRCVSVLTV
    LHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNG
    QPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK

Claims (20)

1. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a bispecific single chain antibody construct that binds to target cell surface antigen CD19 via a first binding domain and to the T cell surface antigen CD3 via a second binding domain, a β-cyclodextrin and a buffer,
wherein the binding domains have pairs of VH regions and VL regions in the format of a single chain antibody (scFv),
wherein the composition is characterized by a reduction or prevention of the formation of protein aqqregates (high molecular weight species (HMWS)), and
wherein the β-cyclodextrin is not hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin.
2. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the β-cyclodextrin is selected from the group consisting of β-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl-β-cyclodextrin, ethyl-β-cyclodextrin, butyl-β-cyclodextrin Succinyl-(2-hydroxypropyl)-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-methyl)-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(2,3,6-tri-O-benzoyl)-β-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin phosphate sodium salt, β-cyclodextrin sulphate sodium salt, triacetyl-β-cyclodextrin, heptakis(6-O-sulfo)-β-cyclodextrin heptasodium salt, carboxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt, and 6-O-p-toluenesulfonyl-β-cyclodextrin.
3. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the β-cyclodextrin is present in a concentration in the range of 0.1% to 20% (w/v).
4. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the β-cyclodextrin is sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt.
5. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the bispecific single chain antibody construct is present in a concentration range of 0.1-5 mg/ml.
6. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the buffer is selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, acetic acid/sodium acetate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid/sodium succinate, tartaric acid/sodium tartrate, histidine/histidine HCl, glycine, Tris, glutamate, acetate and mixtures thereof.
7. The composition according to claim 6, wherein the buffer is selected from the group consisting of potassium phosphate, citric acid/sodium citrate, succinic acid, histidine, glutamate, acetate and combinations thereof.
8. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the pH of the composition is in the range of 4-7.5.
9. The composition according to claim 1, further comprising one or more excipients selected from the group consisting of sucrose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, arginine, lysine, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, poloxamer 188, pluronic and combinations thereof.
10. The composition according to claim 1, further comprising one or more preservatives.
11. The composition according to claim 10, wherein the one or more preservative is selected from the group consisting of benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, phenol, meta-cresol, methylparaben, phenoxyethanol, propylparaben and thiomerosal.
12. (canceled)
13. (canceled)
14. (canceled)
15. The composition according to claim 3, wherein the β-cyclodextrin is present in a concentration in the range of 0.5% to 2% (w/v).
16. The composition according to claim 15, wherein the β-cyclodextrin is present in a concentration in the range of 0.8% to 1.5% (w/v).
17. The composition according to claim 5, wherein the bispecific single chain antibody construct is present in a concentration range of 0.2-2.5 mg/ml.
18. The composition according to claim 17, wherein the bispecific single chain antibody construct is present in a concentration range of 0.25-1.0 mg/ml.
19. The composition according to claim 1, wherein the amino acid sequence of the bispecific single chain antibody construct is SEQ ID NO: 174.
20. The composition according to claim 19, wherein the cyclodextrin is sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin sodium salt in a concentration of about 1% (w/v) and the buffer is potassium phosphate in concentration of about 10 mM, and wherein the composition further comprises mannitol in a concentration of about 4%, sucrose in a concentration of about 2% (w/v), and polysorbate 80 in concentration of about 0.01% (w/v) at a pH of about 6.0.
US17/854,891 2016-01-25 2022-06-30 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs Abandoned US20230103401A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/854,891 US20230103401A1 (en) 2016-01-25 2022-06-30 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662286552P 2016-01-25 2016-01-25
US15/414,723 US11419933B2 (en) 2016-01-25 2017-01-25 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs
US17/854,891 US20230103401A1 (en) 2016-01-25 2022-06-30 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/414,723 Continuation US11419933B2 (en) 2016-01-25 2017-01-25 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20230103401A1 true US20230103401A1 (en) 2023-04-06

Family

ID=57960407

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/414,723 Active US11419933B2 (en) 2016-01-25 2017-01-25 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs
US17/854,891 Abandoned US20230103401A1 (en) 2016-01-25 2022-06-30 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/414,723 Active US11419933B2 (en) 2016-01-25 2017-01-25 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Country Status (34)

Country Link
US (2) US11419933B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3408295B1 (en)
JP (1) JP7168451B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20180100439A (en)
CN (1) CN109071657B (en)
AR (1) AR107444A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2017213050B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112018014986A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3011082A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2018001953A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2018008754A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20180408A (en)
DK (1) DK3408295T3 (en)
EA (1) EA201891694A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2959257T3 (en)
FI (1) FI3408295T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1257646A1 (en)
HU (1) HUE063319T2 (en)
IL (1) IL260753B2 (en)
JO (1) JOP20170017B1 (en)
LT (1) LT3408295T (en)
MA (1) MA46820A (en)
MX (1) MX2018009060A (en)
PH (1) PH12018501419A1 (en)
PL (1) PL3408295T3 (en)
PT (1) PT3408295T (en)
SG (1) SG11201805738QA (en)
SI (1) SI3408295T1 (en)
TN (1) TN2018000260A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI797073B (en)
UA (1) UA126279C2 (en)
UY (1) UY37092A (en)
WO (1) WO2017129585A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201804354B (en)

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006106905A1 (en) 2005-03-31 2006-10-12 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Process for production of polypeptide by regulation of assembly
CN104761637B (en) 2006-03-31 2021-10-15 中外制药株式会社 Method for regulating antibody hemodynamics
EP3127921A1 (en) 2007-09-26 2017-02-08 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Method of modifying isoelectric point of antibody via amino acid substition in cdr
KR102441231B1 (en) 2013-09-27 2022-09-06 추가이 세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 Method for producing polypeptide heteromultimer
TWI701435B (en) 2014-09-26 2020-08-11 日商中外製藥股份有限公司 Method to determine the reactivity of FVIII
TWI700300B (en) 2014-09-26 2020-08-01 日商中外製藥股份有限公司 Antibodies that neutralize substances with the function of FVIII coagulation factor (FVIII)
US11142587B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2021-10-12 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Method for producing polypeptide hetero-oligomer
TWI796283B (en) * 2015-07-31 2023-03-21 德商安美基研究(慕尼黑)公司 Antibody constructs for msln and cd3
FI3359555T3 (en) 2015-10-07 2024-03-20 Apellis Pharmaceuticals Inc Dosing regimens
SG11201803989WA (en) 2015-12-28 2018-06-28 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Method for promoting efficiency of purification of fc region-containing polypeptide
TWI797073B (en) * 2016-01-25 2023-04-01 德商安美基研究(慕尼黑)公司 Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs
WO2018047813A1 (en) 2016-09-06 2018-03-15 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Methods of using a bispecific antibody that recognizes coagulation factor ix and/or activated coagulation factor ix and coagulation factor x and/or activated coagulation factor x
JOP20190189A1 (en) * 2017-02-02 2019-08-01 Amgen Res Munich Gmbh Low ph pharmaceutical composition comprising t cell engaging antibody constructs
CN106800598B (en) * 2017-02-09 2020-08-07 广州桂雨生物科技有限公司 Antibody preserving fluid and preparation method thereof
MX2019012033A (en) 2017-04-07 2019-12-05 Apellis Pharmaceuticals Inc Dosing regimens and related compositions and methods.
UY37726A (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-30 Amgen Inc PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES BISPECTIFIC ANTIBODY CONSTRUCTIONS FOR IMPROVED STORAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
JP2020534255A (en) 2017-09-15 2020-11-26 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Process for lyophilized pharmaceutical formulations of therapeutic proteins
EP3749363A1 (en) * 2018-02-08 2020-12-16 Amgen Inc. Low ph pharmaceutical antibody formulation
WO2019155008A1 (en) 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Genmab A/S Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bispecific antibodies directed against cd3 and cd20 and their uses
CN112368019A (en) * 2018-05-16 2021-02-12 詹森生物科技公司 Methods of treating cancer and enhancing the efficacy of T cell redirecting therapeutics
CN110540590B (en) * 2018-05-29 2023-08-18 康诺亚生物医药科技(成都)有限公司 Development and application of autoimmune inhibitor
TW202016136A (en) 2018-06-01 2020-05-01 瑞士商諾華公司 Binding molecules against bcma and uses thereof
CN112334151A (en) 2018-06-29 2021-02-05 学校法人同志社 Formulations comprising enrikagacin
KR20210034032A (en) 2018-07-19 2021-03-29 리제너론 파아마슈티컬스, 인크. Bispecific anti-BCMA x anti-CD3 antibodies and uses thereof
US20210284732A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2021-09-16 Amgen Research (Munich) Gmbh Dosing regimen for bcma-cd3 bispecific antibodies
KR20210070314A (en) * 2018-10-01 2021-06-14 암젠 인크 Methods for reducing aggregation of bispecific antibodies
CA3115747A1 (en) * 2018-10-10 2020-04-16 Astellas Pharma Inc. Pharmaceutical composition containing tagged site-antihuman antibody fab fragment complex
KR20210121136A (en) * 2019-01-29 2021-10-07 상하이 지아오통 유니버시티 Chimeric antigen receptors and uses thereof
EP4058485A1 (en) * 2019-11-13 2022-09-21 Amgen Inc. Method for reduced aggregate formation in downstream processing of bispecific antigen-binding molecules
US11692026B2 (en) * 2020-01-10 2023-07-04 Rhode Island Hospital Antibodies to PfGARP kill Plasmodium falciparum malaria parasites and protect against infection and severe disease
KR20230017223A (en) * 2020-05-29 2023-02-03 치누크 세라퓨틱스, 인크. Methods of treating IgA nephropathy with APRIL binding antibodies
WO2022111547A1 (en) * 2020-11-24 2022-06-02 The University Of Hong Kong Inhaled powder formulations for respiratory delivery of antibodies
CN115581765A (en) * 2021-07-05 2023-01-10 山东新时代药业有限公司 Recombinant humanized anti-BCMA/CD 3 bispecific antibody injection
WO2023201237A1 (en) * 2022-04-11 2023-10-19 Flagship Pioneering Innovations Vii, Llc Compositions and methods
WO2024068987A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Deep Piction Gmbh Methods for large tissue labeling, clearing and imaging using antibodies

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11419933B2 (en) * 2016-01-25 2022-08-23 Amgen Inc. Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Family Cites Families (60)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
US3691016A (en) 1970-04-17 1972-09-12 Monsanto Co Process for the preparation of insoluble enzymes
CA1023287A (en) 1972-12-08 1977-12-27 Boehringer Mannheim G.M.B.H. Process for the preparation of carrier-bound proteins
US4195128A (en) 1976-05-03 1980-03-25 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Polymeric carrier bound ligands
US4330440A (en) 1977-02-08 1982-05-18 Development Finance Corporation Of New Zealand Activated matrix and method of activation
CA1093991A (en) 1977-02-17 1981-01-20 Hideo Hirohara Enzyme immobilization with pullulan gel
US4229537A (en) 1978-02-09 1980-10-21 New York University Preparation of trichloro-s-triazine activated supports for coupling ligands
US4263428A (en) 1978-03-24 1981-04-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Bis-anthracycline nucleic acid function inhibitors and improved method for administering the same
IE52535B1 (en) 1981-02-16 1987-12-09 Ici Plc Continuous release pharmaceutical compositions
US4475196A (en) 1981-03-06 1984-10-02 Zor Clair G Instrument for locating faults in aircraft passenger reading light and attendant call control system
US4447233A (en) 1981-04-10 1984-05-08 Parker-Hannifin Corporation Medication infusion pump
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
EP0088046B1 (en) 1982-02-17 1987-12-09 Ciba-Geigy Ag Lipids in the aqueous phase
US4439196A (en) 1982-03-18 1984-03-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Osmotic drug delivery system
US4447224A (en) 1982-09-20 1984-05-08 Infusaid Corporation Variable flow implantable infusion apparatus
US4487603A (en) 1982-11-26 1984-12-11 Cordis Corporation Implantable microinfusion pump system
US4486194A (en) 1983-06-08 1984-12-04 James Ferrara Therapeutic device for administering medicaments through the skin
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
HUT35524A (en) 1983-08-02 1985-07-29 Hoechst Ag Process for preparing pharmaceutical compositions containing regulatory /regulative/ peptides providing for the retarded release of the active substance
US4615885A (en) 1983-11-01 1986-10-07 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Pharmaceutical composition containing urokinase
US4596556A (en) 1985-03-25 1986-06-24 Bioject, Inc. Hypodermic injection apparatus
US4751180A (en) 1985-03-28 1988-06-14 Chiron Corporation Expression using fused genes providing for protein product
US4935233A (en) 1985-12-02 1990-06-19 G. D. Searle And Company Covalently linked polypeptide cell modulators
EP0272253A4 (en) 1986-03-07 1990-02-05 Massachusetts Inst Technology Method for enhancing glycoprotein stability.
JPH02500329A (en) 1987-05-21 1990-02-08 クリエイテイブ・バイオマリキユールズ・インコーポレーテツド Targeted multifunctional protein
US4941880A (en) 1987-06-19 1990-07-17 Bioject, Inc. Pre-filled ampule and non-invasive hypodermic injection device assembly
US4790824A (en) 1987-06-19 1988-12-13 Bioject, Inc. Non-invasive hypodermic injection device
US5683888A (en) 1989-07-22 1997-11-04 University Of Wales College Of Medicine Modified bioluminescent proteins and their use
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5312335A (en) 1989-11-09 1994-05-17 Bioject Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5064413A (en) 1989-11-09 1991-11-12 Bioject, Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
US5292658A (en) 1989-12-29 1994-03-08 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Boyd Graduate Studies Research Center Cloning and expressions of Renilla luciferase
ES2142801T3 (en) 1991-03-11 2000-05-01 Univ Georgia Res Found CLONING AND EXPRESSION OF LUCIFERASA DE RENILLA.
US5383851A (en) 1992-07-24 1995-01-24 Bioject Inc. Needleless hypodermic injection device
ES2198414T3 (en) 1992-10-23 2004-02-01 Immunex Corporation PROCEDURES TO PREPARE SOLUBLE OLIGOMERIC PROTEINS.
US6146826A (en) 1993-09-10 2000-11-14 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Green fluorescent protein
WO1995021191A1 (en) 1994-02-04 1995-08-10 William Ward Bioluminescent indicator based upon the expression of a gene for a modified green-fluorescent protein
US6214388B1 (en) 1994-11-09 2001-04-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Immunoliposomes that optimize internalization into target cells
US5777079A (en) 1994-11-10 1998-07-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Modified green fluorescent proteins
US5874304A (en) 1996-01-18 1999-02-23 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Humanized green fluorescent protein genes and methods
US5804387A (en) 1996-02-01 1998-09-08 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University FACS-optimized mutants of the green fluorescent protein (GFP)
US5876995A (en) 1996-02-06 1999-03-02 Bryan; Bruce Bioluminescent novelty items
US5925558A (en) 1996-07-16 1999-07-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Assays for protein kinases using fluorescent protein substrates
US5976796A (en) 1996-10-04 1999-11-02 Loma Linda University Construction and expression of renilla luciferase and green fluorescent protein fusion genes
IL129767A0 (en) 1996-12-12 2000-02-29 Prolume Ltd Apparatus and method for detecting and identifying infectious agents
ATE388224T1 (en) 1998-03-27 2008-03-15 Prolume Ltd LUCIFERASE, GFP FLUORESCENT PROTEINS, CODING NUCLEIC ACID AND THEIR USE IN DIAGNOSTICS
JP2000081435A (en) * 1998-09-07 2000-03-21 Wako Pure Chem Ind Ltd Protein stabilizer
JP2000226336A (en) * 1998-11-30 2000-08-15 Sankyo Co Ltd Immunoglobulin preparation
ES2606464T3 (en) 2003-01-14 2017-03-24 Yeda Research And Development Co. Parenteral peptide formulations for the treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus
AU2004242846A1 (en) * 2003-05-31 2004-12-09 Micromet Ag Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bispecific anti-CD3, anti-CD19 antibody constructs for the treatment of B-cell related disorders
RU2401843C2 (en) * 2003-10-16 2010-10-20 Микромет Аг Multispecific deimmunising cd3-binders
CA2683370C (en) * 2007-04-03 2022-12-13 Micromet Ag Cross-species-specific binding domain
EP2352765B1 (en) * 2008-10-01 2018-01-03 Amgen Research (Munich) GmbH Cross-species-specific single domain bispecific single chain antibody
EP2640750A1 (en) 2010-11-16 2013-09-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Agents and methods for treating diseases that correlate with bcma expression
TWI679212B (en) * 2011-11-15 2019-12-11 美商安進股份有限公司 Binding molecules for e3 of bcma and cd3
US9505849B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-11-29 Amgen Research (Munich) Gmbh Antibody constructs for influenza M2 and CD3
AR097648A1 (en) * 2013-09-13 2016-04-06 Amgen Inc COMBINATION OF EPIGENETIC FACTORS AND BIESPECTIVE COMPOUNDS THAT HAVE LIKE DIANA CD33 AND CD3 IN THE TREATMENT OF MYELOID LEUKEMIA
EP3119423B1 (en) 2014-03-15 2022-12-14 Novartis AG Treatment of cancer using chimeric antigen receptor
US9300829B2 (en) 2014-04-04 2016-03-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image reading apparatus and correction method thereof
US9212225B1 (en) * 2014-07-01 2015-12-15 Amphivena Therapeutics, Inc. Bispecific CD33 and CD3 binding proteins

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11419933B2 (en) * 2016-01-25 2022-08-23 Amgen Inc. Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
BR112018014986A2 (en) 2018-12-11
UA126279C2 (en) 2022-09-14
ZA201804354B (en) 2022-12-21
AU2017213050B2 (en) 2024-02-29
US11419933B2 (en) 2022-08-23
AR107444A1 (en) 2018-05-02
SG11201805738QA (en) 2018-08-30
IL260753B1 (en) 2023-07-01
HUE063319T2 (en) 2024-01-28
IL260753B2 (en) 2023-11-01
FI3408295T3 (en) 2023-09-15
PH12018501419A1 (en) 2019-01-28
PL3408295T3 (en) 2024-01-03
MX2018009060A (en) 2019-02-21
JP7168451B2 (en) 2022-11-09
IL260753A (en) 2018-09-20
TW201728339A (en) 2017-08-16
CN109071657A (en) 2018-12-21
JOP20170017B1 (en) 2021-08-17
TN2018000260A1 (en) 2020-01-16
US20170209571A1 (en) 2017-07-27
KR20180100439A (en) 2018-09-10
LT3408295T (en) 2023-09-11
CR20180408A (en) 2019-03-04
JP2019506406A (en) 2019-03-07
TWI797073B (en) 2023-04-01
EP3408295A1 (en) 2018-12-05
DK3408295T3 (en) 2023-10-09
SI3408295T1 (en) 2023-11-30
CA3011082A1 (en) 2017-08-03
EA201891694A1 (en) 2019-01-31
HK1257646A1 (en) 2019-10-25
MA46820A (en) 2019-09-25
PT3408295T (en) 2023-10-13
CL2018001953A1 (en) 2019-02-01
CN109071657B (en) 2022-05-31
CO2018008754A2 (en) 2018-08-31
WO2017129585A1 (en) 2017-08-03
EP3408295B1 (en) 2023-07-26
AU2017213050A1 (en) 2018-07-19
ES2959257T3 (en) 2024-02-22
UY37092A (en) 2017-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230103401A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs
US11918650B2 (en) Pharmaceutical composition comprising bispecific antibody constructs for improved storage and administration
EP1888641B1 (en) Serum albumin binding proteins
TW201525001A (en) Single chain binding molecules comprising N-terminal ABP
BR112021008288A2 (en) pharmaceutical composition of tgf-ss receptor fusion protein and its use
TWI612059B (en) Pan-elr+ cxc chemokine antibodies
EA020979B1 (en) PEGYLATED Aβ Fab ANTIBODY FRAGMENTS
CN111148510A (en) Method for the lyophilization of pharmaceutical formulations of therapeutic proteins
TW201028167A (en) Pharmaceutical composition
US20200129633A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition comprising c-met antibody-drug conjugate and use thereof
US20220396599A1 (en) Method for Reduced Aggregate Formation in Downstream Processing of Bispecific Antigen-Binding Molecules
EA040882B1 (en) PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING BISPECIFIC ANTIBODY CONSTRUCTS
CN117159703B (en) Pharmaceutical composition containing anti-LAG-3 antibody and application thereof
WO2023221971A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition containing anti-nectin-4 antibody drug conjugate and use thereof
JP2022176154A (en) Pharmaceutical composition for treating mucopolysaccharidosis type i

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: AMGEN INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KANAPURAM, SEKHAR;LATYPOV, RAMIL;THANGARAJ, BALAKUMAR;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170202 TO 20170621;REEL/FRAME:062288/0082

Owner name: AMGEN RESEARCH (MUNICH) GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:POMPE, CORNELIUS;REEL/FRAME:062287/0323

Effective date: 20170206

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION